]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* NEWS: Clarify symbols versus types in unused-value warnings.
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you have the new `shorttitlepage' command
16 @c @clear shorttitlepage-enabled
17 @c @set shorttitlepage-enabled
18
19 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
20 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
21 @c @set defaultprec
22
23 @c ISPELL CHECK: done, 14 Jan 1993 --bob
24
25 @c Check COPYRIGHT dates. should be updated in the titlepage, ifinfo
26 @c titlepage; should NOT be changed in the GPL. --mew
27
28 @c FIXME: I don't understand this `iftex'. Obsolete? --akim.
29 @iftex
30 @syncodeindex fn cp
31 @syncodeindex vr cp
32 @syncodeindex tp cp
33 @end iftex
34 @ifinfo
35 @synindex fn cp
36 @synindex vr cp
37 @synindex tp cp
38 @end ifinfo
39 @comment %**end of header
40
41 @copying
42
43 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
44 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
45
46 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
47 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
48
49 @quotation
50 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
51 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
52 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
53 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
54 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
55 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
56 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
57
58 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
59 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
60 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
61 @acronym{GNU} development.''
62 @end quotation
63 @end copying
64
65 @dircategory Software development
66 @direntry
67 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
68 @end direntry
69
70 @ifset shorttitlepage-enabled
71 @shorttitlepage Bison
72 @end ifset
73 @titlepage
74 @title Bison
75 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
76 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
77
78 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
79
80 @page
81 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
82 @insertcopying
83 @sp 2
84 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
85 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
86 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
87 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
88 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
89 @sp 2
90 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
91 @end titlepage
92
93 @contents
94
95 @ifnottex
96 @node Top
97 @top Bison
98 @insertcopying
99 @end ifnottex
100
101 @menu
102 * Introduction::
103 * Conditions::
104 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
105 how you can copy and share Bison
106
107 Tutorial sections:
108 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
109 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
110
111 Reference sections:
112 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
113 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
114 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
115 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
116 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
117 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
118 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
119 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
120 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
121 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
122 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
123 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
124 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
125 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
126
127 @detailmenu
128 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
129
130 The Concepts of Bison
131
132 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
133 as mathematical ideas.
134 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
135 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
136 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
137 the name of an identifier, etc.).
138 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
139 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
140 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
141 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
142 how is the output used?
143 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
144 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
145
146 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
147
148 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
149 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
150 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
151 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
152
153 Examples
154
155 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
156 a first example with no operator precedence.
157 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
158 Operator precedence is introduced.
159 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
160 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
161 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
162 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
163 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
164
165 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
166
167 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
168 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
169 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
170 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
171 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
172 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
173 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
174
175 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
176
177 * Rpcalc Input::
178 * Rpcalc Line::
179 * Rpcalc Expr::
180
181 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
182
183 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
184 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
185 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
186
187 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
188
189 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
190 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
191 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
192
193 Bison Grammar Files
194
195 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
196 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
197 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
198 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
199 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
200 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
201 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
202 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
203
204 Outline of a Bison Grammar
205
206 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
207 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
208 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
209 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
210
211 Defining Language Semantics
212
213 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
214 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
215 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
216 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
217 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
218 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
219 action in the middle of a rule.
220
221 Tracking Locations
222
223 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
224 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
225 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
226
227 Bison Declarations
228
229 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
230 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
231 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
232 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
233 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
234 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
235 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
236 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
237 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
238 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
239 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
240
241 Parser C-Language Interface
242
243 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
244 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
245 which reads tokens.
246 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
247 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
248 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
249 native language.
250
251 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
252
253 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
254 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
255 of the token it has read.
256 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
257 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
258 actions want that.
259 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
260 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
261
262 The Bison Parser Algorithm
263
264 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
265 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
266 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
267 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
268 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
269 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
270 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
271 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
272 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
273
274 Operator Precedence
275
276 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
277 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
278 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
279 * How Precedence:: How they work.
280
281 Handling Context Dependencies
282
283 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
284 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
285 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
286 error recovery rules must be written.
287
288 Debugging Your Parser
289
290 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
291 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
292
293 Invoking Bison
294
295 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
296 in alphabetical order by short options.
297 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
298 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
299
300 C++ Language Interface
301
302 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
303 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
304
305 C++ Parsers
306
307 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
308 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
309 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
310 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
311 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
312
313 A Complete C++ Example
314
315 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
316 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
317 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
318 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
319 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
320
321 Frequently Asked Questions
322
323 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
324 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
325 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
326 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
327
328 Copying This Manual
329
330 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
331
332 @end detailmenu
333 @end menu
334
335 @node Introduction
336 @unnumbered Introduction
337 @cindex introduction
338
339 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts a
340 grammar description for an @acronym{LALR}(1) context-free grammar into a C
341 program to parse that grammar. Once you are proficient with Bison,
342 you may use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
343 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
344
345 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
346 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
347 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
348 C programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
349
350 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
351 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
352 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
353 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
354
355 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
356 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
357 multi-character string literals and other features.
358
359 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
360
361 @node Conditions
362 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
363
364 As of Bison version 1.24, we have changed the distribution terms for
365 @code{yyparse} to permit using Bison's output in nonfree programs when
366 Bison is generating C code for @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. Formerly, these
367 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
368
369 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
370 compiler, have never
371 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
372 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
373 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
374 License to all of the Bison source code.
375
376 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
377 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
378 @code{yyparse} function. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
379 into this function at one point, but the rest of the function is not
380 changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL} terms to the code for
381 @code{yyparse},
382 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
383
384 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
385 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
386 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
387 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
388 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
389 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
390
391 This exception applies only when Bison is generating C code for an
392 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser; otherwise, the @acronym{GPL} terms operate
393 as usual. You can
394 tell whether the exception applies to your @samp{.c} output file by
395 inspecting it to see whether it says ``As a special exception, when
396 this file is copied by Bison into a Bison output file, you may use
397 that output file without restriction.''
398
399 @include gpl.texi
400
401 @node Concepts
402 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
403
404 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
405 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
406 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
407
408 @menu
409 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
410 as mathematical ideas.
411 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
412 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
413 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
414 the name of an identifier, etc.).
415 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
416 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
417 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
418 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
419 how is the output used?
420 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
421 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
422 @end menu
423
424 @node Language and Grammar
425 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
426
427 @cindex context-free grammar
428 @cindex grammar, context-free
429 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
430 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
431 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
432 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
433 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
434 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
435 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
436 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
437 recursion.
438
439 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
440 @cindex Backus-Naur form
441 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
442 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
443 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
444 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
445 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
446
447 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
448 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
449 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
450 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
451 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
452 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
453 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
454 token of look-ahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
455 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
456 restrictions that are
457 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
458 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
459 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
460 more information on this.
461
462 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
463 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
464 @cindex ambiguous grammars
465 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
466
467 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
468 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
469 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
470 (called a @dfn{look-ahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
471 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
472 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
473 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
474 look-ahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
475 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
476 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
477 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
478 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
479 possible parses of any given string is finite.
480
481 @cindex symbols (abstract)
482 @cindex token
483 @cindex syntactic grouping
484 @cindex grouping, syntactic
485 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
486 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
487 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
488 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
489 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
490 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
491 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
492
493 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
494 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
495 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
496 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
497 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
498 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
499 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
500 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
501 lexicography, not grammar.)
502
503 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
504
505 @ifinfo
506 @example
507 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
508 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
509 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
510 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
511 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,
512 identifier, semicolon} */
513 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
514 @end example
515 @end ifinfo
516 @ifnotinfo
517 @example
518 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
519 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
520 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
521 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
522 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
523 @end example
524 @end ifnotinfo
525
526 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
527 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
528 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
529 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
530 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
531 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
532 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
533 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
534
535 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
536 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
537 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
538 reads informally as follows:
539
540 @quotation
541 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
542 `semicolon'.
543 @end quotation
544
545 @noindent
546 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
547 statement in C.
548
549 @cindex start symbol
550 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
551 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
552 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
553 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
554 plays this role.
555
556 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
557 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
558 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
559 not the start symbol.
560
561 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
562 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
563 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
564 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
565 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
566 reports a syntax error.
567
568 @node Grammar in Bison
569 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
570 @cindex Bison grammar
571 @cindex grammar, Bison
572 @cindex formal grammar
573
574 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
575 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
576 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
577
578 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
579 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
580 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
581
582 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
583 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
584 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
585 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
586 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
587 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
588 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
589 @xref{Symbols}.
590
591 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
592 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
593 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
594 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
595
596 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
597 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
598
599 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
600 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
601 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
602 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
603 used in every rule.
604
605 @example
606 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
607 ;
608 @end example
609
610 @noindent
611 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
612
613 @node Semantic Values
614 @section Semantic Values
615 @cindex semantic value
616 @cindex value, semantic
617
618 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
619 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
620 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
621 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
622 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
623 grammatical.
624
625 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
626 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
627 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
628 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
629 ,Defining Language Semantics},
630 for details.
631
632 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
633 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
634 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
635 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
636 except their types.
637
638 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
639 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
640 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
641 need to have any semantic value.)
642
643 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
644 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
645 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
646 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
647 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
648 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
649
650 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
651 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
652 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
653 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
654 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
655
656 @node Semantic Actions
657 @section Semantic Actions
658 @cindex semantic actions
659 @cindex actions, semantic
660
661 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
662 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
663 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
664 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
665 @xref{Actions}.
666
667 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
668 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
669 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
670 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
671 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
672 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
673 newly recognized larger expression.
674
675 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
676 two subexpressions:
677
678 @example
679 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
680 ;
681 @end example
682
683 @noindent
684 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
685 from the values of the two subexpressions.
686
687 @node GLR Parsers
688 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
689 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
690 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
691 @findex %glr-parser
692 @cindex conflicts
693 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
694 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
695
696 In some grammars, Bison's standard
697 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
698 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
699 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
700 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
701 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
702 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
703 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
704 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
705
706 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
707 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
708 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
709 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
710 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
711 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
712 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
713 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
714 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
715 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
716 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
717 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
718 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
719 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
720 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
721 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
722 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
723 identical set of symbols.
724
725 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
726 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
727 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
728 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
729 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
730 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
731 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
732 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
733 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
734 merged result.
735
736 @menu
737 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
738 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
739 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
740 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
741 @end menu
742
743 @node Simple GLR Parsers
744 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
745 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
746 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
747 @findex %glr-parser
748 @findex %expect-rr
749 @cindex conflicts
750 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
751 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
752
753 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
754 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
755 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of look-ahead,
756 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
757 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
758 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
759
760 Consider a problem that
761 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
762 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
763
764 @example
765 type subrange = lo .. hi;
766 type enum = (a, b, c);
767 @end example
768
769 @noindent
770 The original language standard allows only numeric
771 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
772 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
773 10206) and many other
774 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
775 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
776 parentheses:
777
778 @example
779 type subrange = (a) .. b;
780 @end example
781
782 @noindent
783 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
784 type with only one value:
785
786 @example
787 type enum = (a);
788 @end example
789
790 @noindent
791 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
792 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
793
794 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
795 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token look-ahead it is not
796 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
797 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
798 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
799 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
800 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
801 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
802
803 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
804 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
805 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
806 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
807 expressions.
808
809 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
810 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
811 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
812 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
813 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
814 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
815 work.
816
817 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
818 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
819 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
820 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
821 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
822 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
823 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
824 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
825 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
826 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
827 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
828
829 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
830 reports a syntax error as usual.
831
832 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
833 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
834 look-ahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
835 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
836 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
837
838 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
839 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
840 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
841 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
842 The present example contains only one conflict between two
843 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
844 cannot be nested. So the number of
845 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
846 and the parsing time is still linear.
847
848 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
849 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
850
851 @example
852 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
853
854 @group
855 %left '+' '-'
856 %left '*' '/'
857 @end group
858
859 %%
860
861 @group
862 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 type : '(' id_list ')'
868 | expr DOTDOT expr
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 id_list : ID
874 | id_list ',' ID
875 ;
876 @end group
877
878 @group
879 expr : '(' expr ')'
880 | expr '+' expr
881 | expr '-' expr
882 | expr '*' expr
883 | expr '/' expr
884 | ID
885 ;
886 @end group
887 @end example
888
889 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
890 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
891 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
892 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
893 recognized:
894
895 @example
896 type t = (a) .. b;
897 @end example
898
899 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
900 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
901 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
902 @samp{%%}):
903
904 @example
905 %glr-parser
906 %expect-rr 1
907 @end example
908
909 @noindent
910 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
911 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
912 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
913 notice when the parser splits.
914
915 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
916 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
917 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
918 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
919 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
920 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
921 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
922 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
923 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
924 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
925 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
926 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
927 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
928 correctness.
929
930 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
931 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
932 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
933 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
934 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
935 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
936
937 @node Merging GLR Parses
938 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
939 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
940 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
941 @findex %dprec
942 @findex %merge
943 @cindex conflicts
944 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
945
946 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
947
948 @example
949 %@{
950 #include <stdio.h>
951 #define YYSTYPE char const *
952 int yylex (void);
953 void yyerror (char const *);
954 %@}
955
956 %token TYPENAME ID
957
958 %right '='
959 %left '+'
960
961 %glr-parser
962
963 %%
964
965 prog :
966 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
967 ;
968
969 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
970 | decl %dprec 2
971 ;
972
973 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
974 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
975 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
976 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
977 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
978 ;
979
980 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
981 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
982 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
983 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
984 ;
985
986 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
987 | '(' declarator ')'
988 ;
989 @end example
990
991 @noindent
992 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
993 certain declarations and statements. For example,
994
995 @example
996 T (x) = y+z;
997 @end example
998
999 @noindent
1000 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
1001 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
1002 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
1003 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
1004 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1005 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1006 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1007 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1008 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1009 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1010 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1011 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1012 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1013 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1014
1015 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1016 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1017 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1018 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1019 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1020 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1021 The parser therefore prints
1022
1023 @example
1024 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1025 @end example
1026
1027 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1028 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1029
1030 @example
1031 T (x) + y;
1032 @end example
1033
1034 @noindent
1035 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1036 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1037 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1038 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1039 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1040 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1041 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1042 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1043 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1044 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1045
1046 @example
1047 x T <cast> y +
1048 @end example
1049
1050 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1051 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1052 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1053 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1054 follows:
1055
1056 @example
1057 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1058 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1059 ;
1060 @end example
1061
1062 @noindent
1063 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1064
1065 @example
1066 static YYSTYPE
1067 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1068 @{
1069 printf ("<OR> ");
1070 return "";
1071 @}
1072 @end example
1073
1074 @noindent
1075 with an accompanying forward declaration
1076 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1077
1078 @example
1079 %@{
1080 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1081 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1082 %@}
1083 @end example
1084
1085 @noindent
1086 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1087 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1088
1089 @example
1090 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1091 @end example
1092
1093 Bison requires that all of the
1094 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1095 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1096 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1097 the offending merge.
1098
1099 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1100 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1101
1102 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1103 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1104 the associated reduction.
1105 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1106 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1107
1108 @vindex yychar
1109 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1110 @vindex yylval
1111 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1112 @vindex yylloc
1113 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1114 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1115 the look-ahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1116 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1117 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1118 look-ahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1119 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1120 influence syntax analysis.
1121 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
1122
1123 @findex yyclearin
1124 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1125 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1126 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1127 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1128 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1129 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1130 future versions of Bison.
1131 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1132 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1133 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1134
1135 @findex YYERROR
1136 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1137 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1138 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in any semantic action to
1139 initiate error recovery.
1140 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1141 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1142 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1143 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1144
1145 @node Compiler Requirements
1146 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1147 @cindex @code{inline}
1148 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1149
1150 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1151 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1152 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1153 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1154 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1155 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1156
1157 @example
1158 %@{
1159 #include <config.h>
1160 %@}
1161 @end example
1162
1163 @noindent
1164 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1165
1166 @example
1167 %@{
1168 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1169 #define inline
1170 #endif
1171 %@}
1172 @end example
1173
1174 @node Locations Overview
1175 @section Locations
1176 @cindex location
1177 @cindex textual location
1178 @cindex location, textual
1179
1180 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1181 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1182 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1183 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1184
1185 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1186 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1187 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1188 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1189
1190 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1191 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1192 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1193 @code{@@3}.
1194
1195 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1196 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1197 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1198 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1199 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1200 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1201 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1202
1203 @node Bison Parser
1204 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1205 @cindex Bison parser
1206 @cindex Bison utility
1207 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1208 @cindex parser
1209
1210 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1211 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1212 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1213 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1214 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1215 program.
1216
1217 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1218 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1219 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1220 uses.
1221
1222 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1223 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1224 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1225 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1226 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1227 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1228 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1229
1230 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1231 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1232 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1233 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1234 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1235 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1236 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1237 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1238
1239 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1240 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1241 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1242 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1243 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1244 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1245 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1246 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1247 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1248 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1249 meanings.
1250
1251 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1252 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1253 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1254 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1255 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1256 included if message translation is in use
1257 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1258 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1259 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1260
1261 @node Stages
1262 @section Stages in Using Bison
1263 @cindex stages in using Bison
1264 @cindex using Bison
1265
1266 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1267 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1268
1269 @enumerate
1270 @item
1271 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1272 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1273 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1274 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1275 sequence of C statements.
1276
1277 @item
1278 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1279 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1280 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1281 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1285
1286 @item
1287 Write error-reporting routines.
1288 @end enumerate
1289
1290 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1291 must follow these steps:
1292
1293 @enumerate
1294 @item
1295 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1299
1300 @item
1301 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1302 @end enumerate
1303
1304 @node Grammar Layout
1305 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1306 @cindex grammar file
1307 @cindex file format
1308 @cindex format of grammar file
1309 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1310
1311 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1312 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1313
1314 @example
1315 %@{
1316 @var{Prologue}
1317 %@}
1318
1319 @var{Bison declarations}
1320
1321 %%
1322 @var{Grammar rules}
1323 %%
1324 @var{Epilogue}
1325 @end example
1326
1327 @noindent
1328 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1329 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1330
1331 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1332 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1333 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1334 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1335 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1336 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1337
1338 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1339 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1340 semantic values of various symbols.
1341
1342 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1343 parts.
1344
1345 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1346 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1347 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1348
1349 @node Examples
1350 @chapter Examples
1351 @cindex simple examples
1352 @cindex examples, simple
1353
1354 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1355 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1356 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1357 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1358 desk-top calculator.
1359
1360 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1361 languages are written the same way.
1362 @ifinfo
1363 You can copy these examples out of the Info file and into a source file
1364 to try them.
1365 @end ifinfo
1366
1367 @menu
1368 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1369 a first example with no operator precedence.
1370 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1371 Operator precedence is introduced.
1372 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1373 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1374 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1375 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1376 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1377 @end menu
1378
1379 @node RPN Calc
1380 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1381 @cindex reverse polish notation
1382 @cindex polish notation calculator
1383 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1384 @cindex calculator, simple
1385
1386 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1387 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1388 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1389 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1390
1391 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1392 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1393
1394 @menu
1395 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1396 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1397 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1398 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1399 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1400 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1401 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1402 @end menu
1403
1404 @node Rpcalc Decls
1405 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1406
1407 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1408 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1409
1410 @example
1411 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1412
1413 %@{
1414 #define YYSTYPE double
1415 #include <math.h>
1416 int yylex (void);
1417 void yyerror (char const *);
1418 %@}
1419
1420 %token NUM
1421
1422 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1423 @end example
1424
1425 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1426 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1427
1428 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1429 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1430 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1431 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1432 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1433 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1434 which is a floating point number.
1435
1436 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1437 function @code{pow}.
1438
1439 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1440 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1441 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1442 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1443 prologue.
1444
1445 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1446 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1447 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1448 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1449 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1450 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1451 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1452 type for numeric constants.
1453
1454 @node Rpcalc Rules
1455 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1456
1457 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1458
1459 @example
1460 input: /* empty */
1461 | input line
1462 ;
1463
1464 line: '\n'
1465 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1466 ;
1467
1468 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1469 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1470 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1471 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1472 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1473 /* Exponentiation */
1474 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1475 /* Unary minus */
1476 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1477 ;
1478 %%
1479 @end example
1480
1481 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1482 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1483 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1484 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the @samp{|} punctuator
1485 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1486 mean.
1487
1488 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1489 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1490 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1491
1492 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1493 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1494 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1495 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1496 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1497 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1498
1499 @menu
1500 * Rpcalc Input::
1501 * Rpcalc Line::
1502 * Rpcalc Expr::
1503 @end menu
1504
1505 @node Rpcalc Input
1506 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1507
1508 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1509
1510 @example
1511 input: /* empty */
1512 | input line
1513 ;
1514 @end example
1515
1516 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1517 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1518 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1519 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1520 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1521
1522 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1523 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1524 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1525 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1526 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1527 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1528
1529 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1530 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1531 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1532 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1533 more times.
1534
1535 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1536 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1537 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1538
1539 @node Rpcalc Line
1540 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1541
1542 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1543
1544 @example
1545 line: '\n'
1546 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1547 ;
1548 @end example
1549
1550 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1551 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1552 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1553 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1554 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1555 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1556 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1557
1558 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1559 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1560 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1561 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1562 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1563
1564 @node Rpcalc Expr
1565 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1566
1567 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1568 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1569 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1570 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1571
1572 @example
1573 exp: NUM
1574 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1575 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1576 @dots{}
1577 ;
1578 @end example
1579
1580 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1581 equally well have written them separately:
1582
1583 @example
1584 exp: NUM ;
1585 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1586 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1587 @dots{}
1588 @end example
1589
1590 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1591 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1592 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1593 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1594 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1595 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1596 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1597 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1598
1599 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1600 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1601 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1602
1603 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1604 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1605 For example, this:
1606
1607 @example
1608 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1609 @end example
1610
1611 @noindent
1612 means the same thing as this:
1613
1614 @example
1615 exp: NUM
1616 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1617 | @dots{}
1618 ;
1619 @end example
1620
1621 @noindent
1622 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1623
1624 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1625 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1626 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1627 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1628
1629 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1630 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1631 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1632 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1633
1634 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1635 calculator. This
1636 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1637 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1638 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1639 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1640
1641 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1642 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1643 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1644 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1645 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1646 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1647 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1648 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1649 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1650
1651 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1652 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1653 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1654 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1655 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1656
1657 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1658 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1659
1660 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1661
1662 @example
1663 @group
1664 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1665 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1666 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1667 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1668
1669 #include <ctype.h>
1670 @end group
1671
1672 @group
1673 int
1674 yylex (void)
1675 @{
1676 int c;
1677
1678 /* Skip white space. */
1679 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1680 ;
1681 @end group
1682 @group
1683 /* Process numbers. */
1684 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1685 @{
1686 ungetc (c, stdin);
1687 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1688 return NUM;
1689 @}
1690 @end group
1691 @group
1692 /* Return end-of-input. */
1693 if (c == EOF)
1694 return 0;
1695 /* Return a single char. */
1696 return c;
1697 @}
1698 @end group
1699 @end example
1700
1701 @node Rpcalc Main
1702 @subsection The Controlling Function
1703 @cindex controlling function
1704 @cindex main function in simple example
1705
1706 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1707 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1708 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1709
1710 @example
1711 @group
1712 int
1713 main (void)
1714 @{
1715 return yyparse ();
1716 @}
1717 @end group
1718 @end example
1719
1720 @node Rpcalc Error
1721 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1722 @cindex error reporting routine
1723
1724 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1725 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1726 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1727 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1728 here is the definition we will use:
1729
1730 @example
1731 @group
1732 #include <stdio.h>
1733
1734 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1735 void
1736 yyerror (char const *s)
1737 @{
1738 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1739 @}
1740 @end group
1741 @end example
1742
1743 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1744 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1745 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1746 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1747 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1748 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1749
1750 @node Rpcalc Gen
1751 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1752 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1753
1754 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1755 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1756 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1757 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1758 end, in the epilogue of the file
1759 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1760
1761 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1762 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1763
1764 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1765 convert it into a parser file:
1766
1767 @example
1768 bison @var{file}.y
1769 @end example
1770
1771 @noindent
1772 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1773 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1774 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1775 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1776 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1777 are copied verbatim to the output.
1778
1779 @node Rpcalc Compile
1780 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1781 @cindex compiling the parser
1782
1783 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1784
1785 @example
1786 @group
1787 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1788 $ @kbd{ls}
1789 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1794 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1795 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1796 @end group
1797
1798 @group
1799 # @r{List files again.}
1800 $ @kbd{ls}
1801 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1802 @end group
1803 @end example
1804
1805 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1806 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1807
1808 @example
1809 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1810 @kbd{4 9 +}
1811 13
1812 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1813 -13
1814 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1815 13
1816 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1817 -3.166666667
1818 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1819 81
1820 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1821 $
1822 @end example
1823
1824 @node Infix Calc
1825 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1826 @cindex infix notation calculator
1827 @cindex @code{calc}
1828 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1829
1830 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1831 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1832 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1833 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1834
1835 @example
1836 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1837
1838 %@{
1839 #define YYSTYPE double
1840 #include <math.h>
1841 #include <stdio.h>
1842 int yylex (void);
1843 void yyerror (char const *);
1844 %@}
1845
1846 /* Bison declarations. */
1847 %token NUM
1848 %left '-' '+'
1849 %left '*' '/'
1850 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1851 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1852
1853 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1854 input: /* empty */
1855 | input line
1856 ;
1857
1858 line: '\n'
1859 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1860 ;
1861
1862 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1863 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1864 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1865 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1866 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1867 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1868 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1869 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1870 ;
1871 %%
1872 @end example
1873
1874 @noindent
1875 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1876 same as before.
1877
1878 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1879
1880 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1881 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1882 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1883 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1884 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1885 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1886 the associativity.)
1887
1888 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1889 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1890 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1891 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1892 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1893 Precedence}.
1894
1895 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1896 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1897 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1898 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1899 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1900
1901 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1902
1903 @need 500
1904 @example
1905 $ @kbd{calc}
1906 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1907 6.880952381
1908 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1909 -54
1910 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1911 9
1912 @end example
1913
1914 @node Simple Error Recovery
1915 @section Simple Error Recovery
1916 @cindex error recovery, simple
1917
1918 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1919 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1920 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1921 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1922 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1923 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1924
1925 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1926 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1927 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1928
1929 @example
1930 @group
1931 line: '\n'
1932 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1933 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1934 ;
1935 @end group
1936 @end example
1937
1938 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1939 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1940 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1941 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1942 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1943 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1944 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1945 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1946 misprint.
1947
1948 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1949 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1950 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1951 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1952 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1953 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1954 Bison programs.
1955
1956 @node Location Tracking Calc
1957 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1958 @cindex location tracking calculator
1959 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1960 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1961
1962 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1963 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1964 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1965 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1966 analyzer.
1967
1968 @menu
1969 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1970 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1971 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1972 @end menu
1973
1974 @node Ltcalc Decls
1975 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1976
1977 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1978 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1979
1980 @example
1981 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1982
1983 %@{
1984 #define YYSTYPE int
1985 #include <math.h>
1986 int yylex (void);
1987 void yyerror (char const *);
1988 %@}
1989
1990 /* Bison declarations. */
1991 %token NUM
1992
1993 %left '-' '+'
1994 %left '*' '/'
1995 %left NEG
1996 %right '^'
1997
1998 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1999 @end example
2000
2001 @noindent
2002 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
2003 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
2004 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2005 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2006 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2007 @code{last_column}.
2008
2009 @node Ltcalc Rules
2010 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2011
2012 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2013 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2014 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2015 from the new information.
2016
2017 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2018 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2019
2020 @example
2021 @group
2022 input : /* empty */
2023 | input line
2024 ;
2025 @end group
2026
2027 @group
2028 line : '\n'
2029 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2030 ;
2031 @end group
2032
2033 @group
2034 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2035 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2036 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2037 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2038 @end group
2039 @group
2040 | exp '/' exp
2041 @{
2042 if ($3)
2043 $$ = $1 / $3;
2044 else
2045 @{
2046 $$ = 1;
2047 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2048 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2049 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2050 @}
2051 @}
2052 @end group
2053 @group
2054 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2055 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2056 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2057 @end group
2058 @end example
2059
2060 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2061 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2062 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2063
2064 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2065 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2066 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2067 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2068 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2069 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2070 hand.
2071
2072 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2073 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2074
2075 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2076 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2077 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2078 semantic values.
2079
2080 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2081 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2082
2083 @example
2084 @group
2085 int
2086 yylex (void)
2087 @{
2088 int c;
2089 @end group
2090
2091 @group
2092 /* Skip white space. */
2093 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2094 ++yylloc.last_column;
2095 @end group
2096
2097 @group
2098 /* Step. */
2099 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2100 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2101 @end group
2102
2103 @group
2104 /* Process numbers. */
2105 if (isdigit (c))
2106 @{
2107 yylval = c - '0';
2108 ++yylloc.last_column;
2109 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2110 @{
2111 ++yylloc.last_column;
2112 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2113 @}
2114 ungetc (c, stdin);
2115 return NUM;
2116 @}
2117 @end group
2118
2119 /* Return end-of-input. */
2120 if (c == EOF)
2121 return 0;
2122
2123 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2124 if (c == '\n')
2125 @{
2126 ++yylloc.last_line;
2127 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2128 @}
2129 else
2130 ++yylloc.last_column;
2131 return c;
2132 @}
2133 @end example
2134
2135 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2136 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2137 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2138 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2139
2140 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2141 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2142 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2143 controlling function:
2144
2145 @example
2146 @group
2147 int
2148 main (void)
2149 @{
2150 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2151 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2152 return yyparse ();
2153 @}
2154 @end group
2155 @end example
2156
2157 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2158 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2159 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2160
2161 @node Multi-function Calc
2162 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2163 @cindex multi-function calculator
2164 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2165 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2166
2167 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2168 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2169 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2170 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2171 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2172
2173 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2174 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2175 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2176 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2177 functions whose syntax has this form:
2178
2179 @example
2180 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2181 @end example
2182
2183 @noindent
2184 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2185 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2186 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2187
2188 @example
2189 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2190 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2191 3.1415926536
2192 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2193 0.0000000000
2194 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2195 2.3000000000
2196 @kbd{alpha}
2197 2.3000000000
2198 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2199 0.8329091229
2200 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2201 2.3000000000
2202 $
2203 @end example
2204
2205 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2206
2207 @menu
2208 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2209 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2210 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2211 @end menu
2212
2213 @node Mfcalc Decl
2214 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2215
2216 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2217
2218 @smallexample
2219 @group
2220 %@{
2221 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2222 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2223 int yylex (void);
2224 void yyerror (char const *);
2225 %@}
2226 @end group
2227 @group
2228 %union @{
2229 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2230 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2231 @}
2232 @end group
2233 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2234 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2235 %type <val> exp
2236
2237 @group
2238 %right '='
2239 %left '-' '+'
2240 %left '*' '/'
2241 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2242 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2243 @end group
2244 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2245 @end smallexample
2246
2247 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2248 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2249 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2250
2251 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2252 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2253 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2254 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2255
2256 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2257 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2258 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2259 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2260 between angle brackets).
2261
2262 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2263 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2264 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2265 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2266 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2267 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2268
2269 @node Mfcalc Rules
2270 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2271
2272 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2273 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2274 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2275
2276 @smallexample
2277 @group
2278 input: /* empty */
2279 | input line
2280 ;
2281 @end group
2282
2283 @group
2284 line:
2285 '\n'
2286 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2287 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2288 ;
2289 @end group
2290
2291 @group
2292 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2293 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2294 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2295 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2296 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2297 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2298 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2299 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2300 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2301 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2302 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2303 ;
2304 @end group
2305 /* End of grammar. */
2306 %%
2307 @end smallexample
2308
2309 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2310 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2311 @cindex symbol table example
2312
2313 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2314 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2315 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2316 requires some additional C functions for support.
2317
2318 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2319 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2320 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2321
2322 @smallexample
2323 @group
2324 /* Function type. */
2325 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2326 @end group
2327
2328 @group
2329 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2330 struct symrec
2331 @{
2332 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2333 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2334 union
2335 @{
2336 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2337 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2338 @} value;
2339 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2340 @};
2341 @end group
2342
2343 @group
2344 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2345
2346 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2347 extern symrec *sym_table;
2348
2349 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2350 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2351 @end group
2352 @end smallexample
2353
2354 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2355 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2356 @code{init_table} as well:
2357
2358 @smallexample
2359 #include <stdio.h>
2360
2361 @group
2362 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2363 void
2364 yyerror (char const *s)
2365 @{
2366 printf ("%s\n", s);
2367 @}
2368 @end group
2369
2370 @group
2371 struct init
2372 @{
2373 char const *fname;
2374 double (*fnct) (double);
2375 @};
2376 @end group
2377
2378 @group
2379 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2380 @{
2381 "sin", sin,
2382 "cos", cos,
2383 "atan", atan,
2384 "ln", log,
2385 "exp", exp,
2386 "sqrt", sqrt,
2387 0, 0
2388 @};
2389 @end group
2390
2391 @group
2392 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2393 symrec *sym_table;
2394 @end group
2395
2396 @group
2397 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2398 void
2399 init_table (void)
2400 @{
2401 int i;
2402 symrec *ptr;
2403 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2404 @{
2405 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2406 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2407 @}
2408 @}
2409 @end group
2410
2411 @group
2412 int
2413 main (void)
2414 @{
2415 init_table ();
2416 return yyparse ();
2417 @}
2418 @end group
2419 @end smallexample
2420
2421 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2422 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2423
2424 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2425 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2426 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2427 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2428 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2429 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2430
2431 @smallexample
2432 symrec *
2433 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2434 @{
2435 symrec *ptr;
2436 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2437 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2438 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2439 ptr->type = sym_type;
2440 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2441 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2442 sym_table = ptr;
2443 return ptr;
2444 @}
2445
2446 symrec *
2447 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2448 @{
2449 symrec *ptr;
2450 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2451 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2452 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2453 return ptr;
2454 return 0;
2455 @}
2456 @end smallexample
2457
2458 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2459 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2460 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2461 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2462
2463 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2464 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2465 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2466 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2467 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2468 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2469
2470 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2471 operators in @code{yylex}.
2472
2473 @smallexample
2474 @group
2475 #include <ctype.h>
2476 @end group
2477
2478 @group
2479 int
2480 yylex (void)
2481 @{
2482 int c;
2483
2484 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2485 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2486
2487 if (c == EOF)
2488 return 0;
2489 @end group
2490
2491 @group
2492 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2493 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2494 @{
2495 ungetc (c, stdin);
2496 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2497 return NUM;
2498 @}
2499 @end group
2500
2501 @group
2502 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2503 if (isalpha (c))
2504 @{
2505 symrec *s;
2506 static char *symbuf = 0;
2507 static int length = 0;
2508 int i;
2509 @end group
2510
2511 @group
2512 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2513 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2514 if (length == 0)
2515 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2516
2517 i = 0;
2518 do
2519 @end group
2520 @group
2521 @{
2522 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2523 if (i == length)
2524 @{
2525 length *= 2;
2526 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2527 @}
2528 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2529 symbuf[i++] = c;
2530 /* Get another character. */
2531 c = getchar ();
2532 @}
2533 @end group
2534 @group
2535 while (isalnum (c));
2536
2537 ungetc (c, stdin);
2538 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2539 @end group
2540
2541 @group
2542 s = getsym (symbuf);
2543 if (s == 0)
2544 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2545 yylval.tptr = s;
2546 return s->type;
2547 @}
2548
2549 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2550 return c;
2551 @}
2552 @end group
2553 @end smallexample
2554
2555 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2556 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2557 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2558
2559 @node Exercises
2560 @section Exercises
2561 @cindex exercises
2562
2563 @enumerate
2564 @item
2565 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2566
2567 @item
2568 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2569 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2570 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2571
2572 @item
2573 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2574 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2575 @end enumerate
2576
2577 @node Grammar File
2578 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2579
2580 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2581 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2582
2583 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2584 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2585
2586 @menu
2587 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2588 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2589 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2590 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2591 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2592 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2593 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2594 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2595 @end menu
2596
2597 @node Grammar Outline
2598 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2599
2600 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2601 appropriate delimiters:
2602
2603 @example
2604 %@{
2605 @var{Prologue}
2606 %@}
2607
2608 @var{Bison declarations}
2609
2610 %%
2611 @var{Grammar rules}
2612 %%
2613
2614 @var{Epilogue}
2615 @end example
2616
2617 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2618 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2619 continues until end of line.
2620
2621 @menu
2622 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2623 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2624 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2625 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2626 @end menu
2627
2628 @node Prologue
2629 @subsection The prologue
2630 @cindex declarations section
2631 @cindex Prologue
2632 @cindex declarations
2633
2634 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2635 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2636 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2637 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2638 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2639 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2640 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2641
2642 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the the first occurrence
2643 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2644 character constant.
2645
2646 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2647 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2648 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2649 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2650 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2651 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2652 @code{%union} declaration.
2653
2654 @smallexample
2655 %@{
2656 #include <stdio.h>
2657 #include "ptypes.h"
2658 %@}
2659
2660 %union @{
2661 long int n;
2662 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2663 @}
2664
2665 %@{
2666 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2667 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2668 %@}
2669
2670 @dots{}
2671 @end smallexample
2672
2673 @node Bison Declarations
2674 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2675 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2676 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2677
2678 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2679 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2680 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2681 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2682
2683 @node Grammar Rules
2684 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2685 @cindex grammar rules section
2686 @cindex rules section for grammar
2687
2688 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2689 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2690
2691 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2692 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2693 if it is the first thing in the file.
2694
2695 @node Epilogue
2696 @subsection The epilogue
2697 @cindex additional C code section
2698 @cindex epilogue
2699 @cindex C code, section for additional
2700
2701 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2702 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2703 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2704 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2705 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2706 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2707 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2708 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2709 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2710
2711 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2712 from the grammar rules.
2713
2714 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2715 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2716 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2717 of the grammar file.
2718
2719 @node Symbols
2720 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2721 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2722 @cindex terminal symbol
2723 @cindex token type
2724 @cindex symbol
2725
2726 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2727 of the language.
2728
2729 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2730 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2731 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2732 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2733 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2734 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2735 the symbol to stand for it.
2736
2737 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2738 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2739 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2740
2741 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2742 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2743
2744 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2745
2746 @itemize @bullet
2747 @item
2748 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2749 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2750 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2751 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2752
2753 @item
2754 @cindex character token
2755 @cindex literal token
2756 @cindex single-character literal
2757 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2758 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2759 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2760 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2761 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2762 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2763 ,Operator Precedence}).
2764
2765 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2766 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2767 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2768 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2769 your program will confuse other readers.
2770
2771 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2772 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2773 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2774 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2775 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2776 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2777 allowed.
2778
2779 @item
2780 @cindex string token
2781 @cindex literal string token
2782 @cindex multicharacter literal
2783 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2784 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2785 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2786 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2787 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2788
2789 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2790 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2791 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2792 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2793 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2794
2795 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2796
2797 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2798 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2799 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2800 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2801 read your program will be confused.
2802
2803 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2804 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2805 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2806 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2807 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2808 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2809 @end itemize
2810
2811 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2812 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2813 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2814
2815 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2816 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2817 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2818 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2819 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2820 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2821 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2822 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2823 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2824 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2825 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2826 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2827
2828 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2829 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2830 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2831 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2832 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2833
2834 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2835 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2836 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2837 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2838 characters in the following C-language string:
2839
2840 @example
2841 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2842 @end example
2843
2844 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2845 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2846 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2847 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2848 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2849 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2850 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2851 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2852 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2853 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2854 compiling them.
2855
2856 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2857 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2858 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2859 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2860 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2861
2862 @node Rules
2863 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2864 @cindex rule syntax
2865 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2866 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2867
2868 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2869
2870 @example
2871 @group
2872 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2873 ;
2874 @end group
2875 @end example
2876
2877 @noindent
2878 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2879 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2880 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2881
2882 For example,
2883
2884 @example
2885 @group
2886 exp: exp '+' exp
2887 ;
2888 @end group
2889 @end example
2890
2891 @noindent
2892 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2893 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2894
2895 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2896 extra white space as you wish.
2897
2898 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2899 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2900
2901 @example
2902 @{@var{C statements}@}
2903 @end example
2904
2905 @noindent
2906 @cindex braced code
2907 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2908 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2909 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2910 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2911 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2912
2913 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2914 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2915 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2916 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2917 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2918 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2919 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2920 character constants.
2921
2922 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2923 @xref{Actions}.
2924
2925 @findex |
2926 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2927 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2928
2929 @ifinfo
2930 @example
2931 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2932 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2933 @dots{}
2934 ;
2935 @end example
2936 @end ifinfo
2937 @iftex
2938 @example
2939 @group
2940 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2941 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2942 @dots{}
2943 ;
2944 @end group
2945 @end example
2946 @end iftex
2947
2948 @noindent
2949 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2950
2951 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2952 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2953 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2954
2955 @example
2956 @group
2957 expseq: /* empty */
2958 | expseq1
2959 ;
2960 @end group
2961
2962 @group
2963 expseq1: exp
2964 | expseq1 ',' exp
2965 ;
2966 @end group
2967 @end example
2968
2969 @noindent
2970 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2971 with no components.
2972
2973 @node Recursion
2974 @section Recursive Rules
2975 @cindex recursive rule
2976
2977 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
2978 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
2979 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
2980 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
2981 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
2982
2983 @example
2984 @group
2985 expseq1: exp
2986 | expseq1 ',' exp
2987 ;
2988 @end group
2989 @end example
2990
2991 @cindex left recursion
2992 @cindex right recursion
2993 @noindent
2994 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
2995 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
2996 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
2997
2998 @example
2999 @group
3000 expseq1: exp
3001 | exp ',' expseq1
3002 ;
3003 @end group
3004 @end example
3005
3006 @noindent
3007 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3008 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3009 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3010 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3011 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3012 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3013 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3014 of this.
3015
3016 @cindex mutual recursion
3017 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3018 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3019 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3020 side.
3021
3022 For example:
3023
3024 @example
3025 @group
3026 expr: primary
3027 | primary '+' primary
3028 ;
3029 @end group
3030
3031 @group
3032 primary: constant
3033 | '(' expr ')'
3034 ;
3035 @end group
3036 @end example
3037
3038 @noindent
3039 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3040 other.
3041
3042 @node Semantics
3043 @section Defining Language Semantics
3044 @cindex defining language semantics
3045 @cindex language semantics, defining
3046
3047 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3048 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3049 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3050
3051 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3052 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3053 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3054 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3055
3056 @menu
3057 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3058 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3059 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3060 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3061 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3062 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3063 action in the middle of a rule.
3064 @end menu
3065
3066 @node Value Type
3067 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3068 @cindex semantic value type
3069 @cindex value type, semantic
3070 @cindex data types of semantic values
3071 @cindex default data type
3072
3073 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3074 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3075 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3076 Notation Calculator}).
3077
3078 Bison's default is to use type @code{int} for all semantic values. To
3079 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3080
3081 @example
3082 #define YYSTYPE double
3083 @end example
3084
3085 @noindent
3086 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3087 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3088
3089 @node Multiple Types
3090 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3091
3092 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3093 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3094 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3095 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3096 symbol table.
3097
3098 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3099 requires you to do two things:
3100
3101 @itemize @bullet
3102 @item
3103 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, with the
3104 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3105 Value Types}).
3106
3107 @item
3108 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3109 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3110 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3111 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3112 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3113 @end itemize
3114
3115 @node Actions
3116 @subsection Actions
3117 @cindex action
3118 @vindex $$
3119 @vindex $@var{n}
3120
3121 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3122 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3123 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3124 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3125
3126 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3127 placed at any position in the rule;
3128 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3129 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3130 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3131 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3132
3133 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3134 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3135 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3136 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3137 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3138 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3139 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3140
3141 Here is a typical example:
3142
3143 @example
3144 @group
3145 exp: @dots{}
3146 | exp '+' exp
3147 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3148 @end group
3149 @end example
3150
3151 @noindent
3152 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3153 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3154 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3155 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3156 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3157 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3158 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3159 referred to as @code{$2}.
3160
3161 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3162 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3163 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3164 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3165 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3166
3167 @example
3168 @group
3169 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3170 @end group
3171 @end example
3172
3173 @cindex default action
3174 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3175 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3176 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3177 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3178 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3179 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3180
3181 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3182 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3183 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3184 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3185 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3186
3187 @example
3188 @group
3189 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3190 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3191 ;
3192 @end group
3193
3194 @group
3195 bar: /* empty */
3196 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3197 ;
3198 @end group
3199 @end example
3200
3201 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3202 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3203 definition of @code{foo}.
3204
3205 @vindex yylval
3206 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the look-ahead token, if
3207 any, from a semantic action.
3208 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3209 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3210
3211 @node Action Types
3212 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3213 @cindex action data types
3214 @cindex data types in actions
3215
3216 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3217 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3218
3219 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3220 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3221 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3222 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3223 in the rule. In this example,
3224
3225 @example
3226 @group
3227 exp: @dots{}
3228 | exp '+' exp
3229 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3230 @end group
3231 @end example
3232
3233 @noindent
3234 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3235 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3236 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3237 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3238
3239 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3240 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3241 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3242
3243 @example
3244 @group
3245 %union @{
3246 int itype;
3247 double dtype;
3248 @}
3249 @end group
3250 @end example
3251
3252 @noindent
3253 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3254 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3255
3256 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3257 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3258 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3259 @cindex mid-rule actions
3260
3261 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3262 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3263 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3264
3265 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3266 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3267 it is run before they are parsed.
3268
3269 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3270 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3271 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3272 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3273 @code{$@var{n}}.
3274
3275 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3276 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3277 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3278 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3279 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3280 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3281
3282 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3283 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3284 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3285 at the end of the rule.
3286
3287 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3288 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3289 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3290 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3291 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3292 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3293
3294 @example
3295 @group
3296 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3297 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3298 declare_variable ($3); @}
3299 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3300 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3301 @end group
3302 @end example
3303
3304 @noindent
3305 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3306 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3307 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3308 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3309 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3310 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3311 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3312 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3313
3314 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3315 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3316 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3317 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3318 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3319
3320 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3321 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3322 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3323 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3324 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3325 declaration or not:
3326
3327 @example
3328 @group
3329 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3330 | '@{' statements '@}'
3331 ;
3332 @end group
3333 @end example
3334
3335 @noindent
3336 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3337
3338 @example
3339 @group
3340 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3341 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3342 @end group
3343 @group
3344 | '@{' statements '@}'
3345 ;
3346 @end group
3347 @end example
3348
3349 @noindent
3350 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3351 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3352 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3353 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3354 the @dfn{look-ahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3355 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.)
3356
3357 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3358 actions into the two rules, like this:
3359
3360 @example
3361 @group
3362 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3363 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3364 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3365 '@{' statements '@}'
3366 ;
3367 @end group
3368 @end example
3369
3370 @noindent
3371 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3372 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3373
3374 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3375 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3376 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3377
3378 @example
3379 @group
3380 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3381 declarations statements '@}'
3382 | '@{' statements '@}'
3383 ;
3384 @end group
3385 @end example
3386
3387 @noindent
3388 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3389 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3390
3391 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3392 serves as a subroutine:
3393
3394 @example
3395 @group
3396 subroutine: /* empty */
3397 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3398 ;
3399
3400 @end group
3401
3402 @group
3403 compound: subroutine
3404 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3405 | subroutine
3406 '@{' statements '@}'
3407 ;
3408 @end group
3409 @end example
3410
3411 @noindent
3412 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3413 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use. Note that
3414 the action is now at the end of its rule. Any mid-rule action can be
3415 converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and this is what Bison
3416 actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3417
3418 @node Locations
3419 @section Tracking Locations
3420 @cindex location
3421 @cindex textual location
3422 @cindex location, textual
3423
3424 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3425 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3426 especially symbol locations.
3427
3428 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3429 actions to take when rules are matched.
3430
3431 @menu
3432 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3433 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3434 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3435 @end menu
3436
3437 @node Location Type
3438 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3439 @cindex data type of locations
3440 @cindex default location type
3441
3442 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3443 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3444
3445 The type of locations is specified by defining a macro called @code{YYLTYPE}.
3446 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3447 four members:
3448
3449 @example
3450 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3451 @{
3452 int first_line;
3453 int first_column;
3454 int last_line;
3455 int last_column;
3456 @} YYLTYPE;
3457 @end example
3458
3459 @node Actions and Locations
3460 @subsection Actions and Locations
3461 @cindex location actions
3462 @cindex actions, location
3463 @vindex @@$
3464 @vindex @@@var{n}
3465
3466 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3467 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3468
3469 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3470 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3471 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3472 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3473 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3474 @code{@@$}.
3475
3476 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3477
3478 @example
3479 @group
3480 exp: @dots{}
3481 | exp '/' exp
3482 @{
3483 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3484 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3485 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3486 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3487 if ($3)
3488 $$ = $1 / $3;
3489 else
3490 @{
3491 $$ = 1;
3492 fprintf (stderr,
3493 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3494 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3495 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3496 @}
3497 @}
3498 @end group
3499 @end example
3500
3501 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3502 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3503 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3504 last symbol.
3505
3506 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3507 example above simply rewrites this way:
3508
3509 @example
3510 @group
3511 exp: @dots{}
3512 | exp '/' exp
3513 @{
3514 if ($3)
3515 $$ = $1 / $3;
3516 else
3517 @{
3518 $$ = 1;
3519 fprintf (stderr,
3520 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3521 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3522 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3523 @}
3524 @}
3525 @end group
3526 @end example
3527
3528 @vindex yylloc
3529 It is also possible to access the location of the look-ahead token, if any,
3530 from a semantic action.
3531 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3532 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3533
3534 @node Location Default Action
3535 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3536 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3537
3538 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3539 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3540 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3541 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3542 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3543 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3544
3545 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3546 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3547
3548 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3549 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3550 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3551 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3552 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side. When processing
3553 a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations of
3554 the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3555 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3556
3557 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3558
3559 @smallexample
3560 @group
3561 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3562 do \
3563 if (N) \
3564 @{ \
3565 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3566 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3567 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3568 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3569 @} \
3570 else \
3571 @{ \
3572 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3573 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3574 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3575 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3576 @} \
3577 while (0)
3578 @end group
3579 @end smallexample
3580
3581 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3582 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3583 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3584
3585 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3586
3587 @itemize @bullet
3588 @item
3589 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3590 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3591
3592 @item
3593 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3594 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3595 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3596 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3597
3598 @item
3599 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3600 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3601 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3602 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3603 @end itemize
3604
3605 @node Declarations
3606 @section Bison Declarations
3607 @cindex declarations, Bison
3608 @cindex Bison declarations
3609
3610 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3611 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3612 @xref{Symbols}.
3613
3614 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3615 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3616 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3617 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3618
3619 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3620 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3621 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3622 Grammars}).
3623
3624 @menu
3625 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3626 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3627 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3628 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3629 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3630 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3631 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3632 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3633 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3634 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3635 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3636 @end menu
3637
3638 @node Require Decl
3639 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3640 @cindex version requirement
3641 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3642 @findex %require
3643
3644 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3645 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3646 status 63).
3647
3648 @example
3649 %require "@var{version}"
3650 @end example
3651
3652 @node Token Decl
3653 @subsection Token Type Names
3654 @cindex declaring token type names
3655 @cindex token type names, declaring
3656 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3657 @findex %token
3658
3659 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3660
3661 @example
3662 %token @var{name}
3663 @end example
3664
3665 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3666 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3667 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3668
3669 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3670 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3671 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3672 Precedence}.
3673
3674 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3675 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3676 following the token name:
3677
3678 @example
3679 %token NUM 300
3680 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3681 @end example
3682
3683 @noindent
3684 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3685 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3686 with each other or with normal characters.
3687
3688 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3689 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3690 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3691 Than One Value Type}).
3692
3693 For example:
3694
3695 @example
3696 @group
3697 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3698 double val;
3699 symrec *tptr;
3700 @}
3701 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3702 @end group
3703 @end example
3704
3705 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3706 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3707 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3708
3709 @example
3710 %token arrow "=>"
3711 @end example
3712
3713 @noindent
3714 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3715 equivalent literal string tokens:
3716
3717 @example
3718 %token <operator> OR "||"
3719 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3720 %left OR "<="
3721 @end example
3722
3723 @noindent
3724 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3725 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3726 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3727 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3728
3729 @node Precedence Decl
3730 @subsection Operator Precedence
3731 @cindex precedence declarations
3732 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3733 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3734
3735 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3736 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3737 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3738 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3739 operator precedence.
3740
3741 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3742 @code{%token}: either
3743
3744 @example
3745 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3746 @end example
3747
3748 @noindent
3749 or
3750
3751 @example
3752 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3753 @end example
3754
3755 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3756 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3757 all the @var{symbols}:
3758
3759 @itemize @bullet
3760 @item
3761 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3762 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3763 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3764 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3765 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3766 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3767 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3768 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3769 considered a syntax error.
3770
3771 @item
3772 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3773 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3774 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3775 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3776 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3777 @end itemize
3778
3779 @node Union Decl
3780 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3781 @cindex declaring value types
3782 @cindex value types, declaring
3783 @findex %union
3784
3785 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3786 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3787 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3788 @code{union} in C@.
3789
3790 For example:
3791
3792 @example
3793 @group
3794 %union @{
3795 double val;
3796 symrec *tptr;
3797 @}
3798 @end group
3799 @end example
3800
3801 @noindent
3802 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3803 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3804 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3805 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3806
3807 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3808 @code{union}. For example:
3809
3810 @example
3811 @group
3812 %union value @{
3813 double val;
3814 symrec *tptr;
3815 @}
3816 @end group
3817 @end example
3818
3819 @noindent
3820 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3821 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3822 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3823
3824 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3825 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3826 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3827
3828 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3829 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3830
3831 @node Type Decl
3832 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3833 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3834 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3835 @findex %type
3836
3837 @noindent
3838 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3839 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3840 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3841
3842 @example
3843 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3844 @end example
3845
3846 @noindent
3847 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3848 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3849 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3850 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3851 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3852 the symbol names.
3853
3854 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3855 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3856 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3857 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3858
3859 @node Initial Action Decl
3860 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3861 @findex %initial-action
3862
3863 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3864 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3865 code.
3866
3867 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3868 @findex %initial-action
3869 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3870 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3871 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the look-ahead --- and the
3872 @code{%parse-param}.
3873 @end deffn
3874
3875 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3876
3877 @example
3878 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3879 %initial-action
3880 @{
3881 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3882 @};
3883 @end example
3884
3885
3886 @node Destructor Decl
3887 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3888 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3889 @findex %destructor
3890
3891 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
3892 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
3893 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
3894 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
3895 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
3896 must discard the start symbol.
3897
3898 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
3899 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
3900 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
3901 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
3902
3903 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
3904 symbol is automatically discarded.
3905
3906 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
3907 @findex %destructor
3908 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
3909 @var{symbols}.
3910 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
3911 with the discarded symbol. The additional parser parameters are also
3912 available (@pxref{Parser Function, , The Parser Function
3913 @code{yyparse}}).
3914 @end deffn
3915
3916 For instance:
3917
3918 @smallexample
3919 %union
3920 @{
3921 char *string;
3922 @}
3923 %token <string> STRING
3924 %type <string> string
3925 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} STRING string
3926 @end smallexample
3927
3928 @noindent
3929 guarantees that when a @code{STRING} or a @code{string} is discarded,
3930 its associated memory will be freed.
3931
3932 @sp 1
3933
3934 @cindex discarded symbols
3935 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
3936
3937 @itemize
3938 @item
3939 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
3940 @item
3941 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
3942 @item
3943 the current look-ahead and the entire stack (except the current
3944 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
3945 @item
3946 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
3947 @end itemize
3948
3949 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
3950 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
3951 exhaustion.
3952
3953 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
3954 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
3955 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
3956 the memory.
3957
3958 @node Expect Decl
3959 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
3960 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
3961 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
3962 @cindex warnings, preventing
3963 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
3964 @findex %expect
3965 @findex %expect-rr
3966
3967 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
3968 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
3969 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
3970 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
3971 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
3972 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
3973
3974 The declaration looks like this:
3975
3976 @example
3977 %expect @var{n}
3978 @end example
3979
3980 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
3981 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
3982 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
3983 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
3984
3985 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
3986 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
3987 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
3988 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
3989 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
3990 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
3991 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
3992
3993 @example
3994 %expect-rr @var{n}
3995 @end example
3996
3997 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
3998
3999 @itemize @bullet
4000 @item
4001 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4002 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4003 print the number of conflicts.
4004
4005 @item
4006 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4007 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4008 go back to the beginning.
4009
4010 @item
4011 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4012 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4013 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4014 @end itemize
4015
4016 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4017 will keep silent otherwise.
4018
4019 @node Start Decl
4020 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4021 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4022 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4023 @cindex default start symbol
4024 @findex %start
4025
4026 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4027 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4028 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4029
4030 @example
4031 %start @var{symbol}
4032 @end example
4033
4034 @node Pure Decl
4035 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4036 @cindex reentrant parser
4037 @cindex pure parser
4038 @findex %pure-parser
4039
4040 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4041 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4042 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4043 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4044 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4045 program must be called only within interlocks.
4046
4047 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4048 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4049 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4050 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4051 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4052
4053 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4054 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4055 reentrant. It looks like this:
4056
4057 @example
4058 %pure-parser
4059 @end example
4060
4061 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4062 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4063 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4064 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4065 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4066 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4067 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4068 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4069
4070 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4071 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4072 valid grammar.
4073
4074 @node Decl Summary
4075 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4076 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4077 @cindex declaration summary
4078 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4079
4080 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4081
4082 @deffn {Directive} %union
4083 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4084 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4085 @end deffn
4086
4087 @deffn {Directive} %token
4088 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4089 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4090 @end deffn
4091
4092 @deffn {Directive} %right
4093 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4094 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4095 @end deffn
4096
4097 @deffn {Directive} %left
4098 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4099 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4100 @end deffn
4101
4102 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4103 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4104 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4105 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4106 @end deffn
4107
4108 @ifset defaultprec
4109 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4110 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4111 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4112 @end deffn
4113 @end ifset
4114
4115 @deffn {Directive} %type
4116 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4117 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4118 @end deffn
4119
4120 @deffn {Directive} %start
4121 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4122 Start-Symbol}).
4123 @end deffn
4124
4125 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4126 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4127 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4128 @end deffn
4129
4130
4131 @sp 1
4132 @noindent
4133 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4134 directives:
4135
4136 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4137 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4138 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4139 @end deffn
4140 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4141
4142 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4143 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4144 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4145 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4146 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4147
4148 Unless @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro, the output header
4149 declares @code{YYSTYPE}. Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4150 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4151 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4152 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4153 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4154 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4155 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4156
4157 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4158 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4159 Parser}.
4160
4161 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4162 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4163 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4164 Locations}.
4165
4166 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4167 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4168 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4169 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4170 Tokens}.
4171 @end deffn
4172
4173 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4174 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4175 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4176 @end deffn
4177
4178 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4179 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4180 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4181 @end deffn
4182
4183 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4184 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4185 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4186 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4187 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4188 accurate syntax error messages.
4189 @end deffn
4190
4191 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4192 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4193 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4194 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4195 @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4196 possible @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4197 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4198 and so on. @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same
4199 Program}.
4200 @end deffn
4201
4202 @ifset defaultprec
4203 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4204 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4205 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4206 Precedence}).
4207 @end deffn
4208 @end ifset
4209
4210 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4211 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4212 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4213 declarations.
4214
4215 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4216 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4217 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4218 @end deffn
4219
4220 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4221 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4222 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4223 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4224 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4225 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4226 file in its own right.
4227 @end deffn
4228
4229 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4230 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4231 @end deffn
4232
4233 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4234 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4235 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4236 @end deffn
4237
4238 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4239 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4240 Require a Version of Bison}.
4241 @end deffn
4242
4243 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4244 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4245 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4246 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4247 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4248 @code{"$end"},
4249 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4250 defined in the grammar file.
4251
4252 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4253 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4254 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4255 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4256 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4257 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4258 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4259 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4260
4261 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4262 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4263 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4264
4265 @table @code
4266 @item YYNTOKENS
4267 The highest token number, plus one.
4268 @item YYNNTS
4269 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4270 @item YYNRULES
4271 The number of grammar rules,
4272 @item YYNSTATES
4273 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4274 @end table
4275 @end deffn
4276
4277 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4278 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4279 parser states and what is done for each type of look-ahead token in
4280 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4281 information.
4282 @end deffn
4283
4284 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4285 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4286 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4287 @end deffn
4288
4289
4290 @node Multiple Parsers
4291 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4292
4293 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4294 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4295 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4296 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4297
4298 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4299 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4300 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4301 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4302 names that do not conflict.
4303
4304 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4305 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4306 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4307 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4308
4309 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4310 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4311 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4312 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4313 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4314
4315 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4316 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4317 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4318 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4319
4320 @node Interface
4321 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4322 @cindex C-language interface
4323 @cindex interface
4324
4325 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4326 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4327 functions that it needs to use.
4328
4329 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4330 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4331 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4332 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4333
4334 @menu
4335 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4336 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4337 which reads tokens.
4338 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4339 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4340 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4341 native language.
4342 @end menu
4343
4344 @node Parser Function
4345 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4346 @findex yyparse
4347
4348 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4349 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4350 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4351 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4352 without reading further.
4353
4354
4355 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4356 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4357 is due to end-of-input).
4358
4359 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4360 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4361 invoked.
4362
4363 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4364 @end deftypefun
4365
4366 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4367 these macros:
4368
4369 @defmac YYACCEPT
4370 @findex YYACCEPT
4371 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4372 @end defmac
4373
4374 @defmac YYABORT
4375 @findex YYABORT
4376 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4377 @end defmac
4378
4379 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4380 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4381 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4382
4383 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4384 @findex %parse-param
4385 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4386 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4387 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4388 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4389 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4390 @end deffn
4391
4392 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4393
4394 @example
4395 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4396 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4397 @end example
4398
4399 @noindent
4400 Then call the parser like this:
4401
4402 @example
4403 @{
4404 int nastiness, randomness;
4405 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4406 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4407 @dots{}
4408 @}
4409 @end example
4410
4411 @noindent
4412 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4413
4414 @example
4415 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4416 @end example
4417
4418
4419 @node Lexical
4420 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4421 @findex yylex
4422 @cindex lexical analyzer
4423
4424 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4425 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4426 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4427 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4428
4429 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4430 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4431 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4432 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4433 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4434 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4435 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4436
4437 @menu
4438 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4439 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4440 of the token it has read.
4441 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4442 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4443 actions want that.
4444 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4445 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4446 @end menu
4447
4448 @node Calling Convention
4449 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4450
4451 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4452 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4453 signifies end-of-input.
4454
4455 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4456 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4457 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4458 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4459
4460 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4461 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4462 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4463 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4464 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4465 signifies end-of-input.
4466
4467 Here is an example showing these things:
4468
4469 @example
4470 int
4471 yylex (void)
4472 @{
4473 @dots{}
4474 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4475 return 0;
4476 @dots{}
4477 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4478 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4479 @dots{}
4480 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4481 @dots{}
4482 @}
4483 @end example
4484
4485 @noindent
4486 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4487 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4488
4489 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4490 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4491
4492 @itemize @bullet
4493 @item
4494 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4495 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4496 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4497 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4498
4499 @item
4500 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4501 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4502 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4503 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4504 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4505 to Bison.
4506
4507 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4508 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4509 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4510 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4511
4512 @smallexample
4513 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4514 @{
4515 if (yytname[i] != 0
4516 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4517 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4518 strlen (token_buffer))
4519 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4520 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4521 break;
4522 @}
4523 @end smallexample
4524
4525 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4526 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4527 @end itemize
4528
4529 @node Token Values
4530 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4531
4532 @vindex yylval
4533 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4534 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4535 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4536 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4537 @code{yylex}:
4538
4539 @example
4540 @group
4541 @dots{}
4542 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4543 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4544 @dots{}
4545 @end group
4546 @end example
4547
4548 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4549 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4550 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4551 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4552 declaration looks like this:
4553
4554 @example
4555 @group
4556 %union @{
4557 int intval;
4558 double val;
4559 symrec *tptr;
4560 @}
4561 @end group
4562 @end example
4563
4564 @noindent
4565 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4566
4567 @example
4568 @group
4569 @dots{}
4570 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4571 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4572 @dots{}
4573 @end group
4574 @end example
4575
4576 @node Token Locations
4577 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4578
4579 @vindex yylloc
4580 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4581 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4582 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4583 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4584 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4585 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4586
4587 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4588 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4589 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4590 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4591 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4592
4593 @tindex YYLTYPE
4594 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4595
4596 @node Pure Calling
4597 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4598
4599 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4600 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4601 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4602 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4603 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4604 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4605 pointers.
4606
4607 @example
4608 int
4609 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4610 @{
4611 @dots{}
4612 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4613 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4614 @dots{}
4615 @}
4616 @end example
4617
4618 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4619 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4620 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4621 only one argument.
4622
4623
4624 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4625 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4626 Function}).
4627
4628 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4629 @findex %lex-param
4630 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4631 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4632 @end deffn
4633
4634 For instance:
4635
4636 @example
4637 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4638 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4639 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4640 @end example
4641
4642 @noindent
4643 results in the following signature:
4644
4645 @example
4646 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4647 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4648 @end example
4649
4650 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4651
4652 @example
4653 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4654 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4655 @end example
4656
4657 @noindent
4658 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4659
4660 @example
4661 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4662 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4663 @end example
4664
4665 @node Error Reporting
4666 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4667 @cindex error reporting function
4668 @findex yyerror
4669 @cindex parse error
4670 @cindex syntax error
4671
4672 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4673 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4674 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4675 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4676 in Actions}).
4677
4678 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4679 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4680 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4681 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4682 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4683
4684 @findex %error-verbose
4685 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4686 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4687 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4688 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4689
4690 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4691 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4692 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4693 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4694 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4695 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4696
4697 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4698 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4699 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4700
4701 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4702
4703 @example
4704 @group
4705 void
4706 yyerror (char const *s)
4707 @{
4708 @end group
4709 @group
4710 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4711 @}
4712 @end group
4713 @end example
4714
4715 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4716 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4717 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4718 immediately return 1.
4719
4720 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4721 an access to the current location.
4722 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4723 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4724 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4725 @code{yyerror} are:
4726
4727 @example
4728 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4729 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4730 @end example
4731
4732 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4733
4734 @example
4735 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4736 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4737 @end example
4738
4739 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4740 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4741 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4742 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4743
4744 @example
4745 /* Location tracking. */
4746 %locations
4747 /* Pure yylex. */
4748 %pure-parser
4749 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4750 /* Pure yyparse. */
4751 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4752 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4753 @end example
4754
4755 @noindent
4756 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4757
4758 @example
4759 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4760 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4761 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4762 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4763 char const *msg);
4764 @end example
4765
4766 @noindent
4767 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4768 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4769 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4770 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4771 message is always passed last.
4772
4773 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4774 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4775 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4776 @code{yyerror}.
4777
4778 @vindex yynerrs
4779 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4780 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4781 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4782 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4783
4784 @node Action Features
4785 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4786 @cindex summary, action features
4787 @cindex action features summary
4788
4789 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4790 are useful in actions.
4791
4792 @deffn {Variable} $$
4793 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4794 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4795 @end deffn
4796
4797 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4798 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4799 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4800 @end deffn
4801
4802 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4803 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4804 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4805 Types of Values in Actions}.
4806 @end deffn
4807
4808 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4809 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4810 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4811 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4812 @end deffn
4813
4814 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4815 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4816 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4817 @end deffn
4818
4819 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4820 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4821 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4822 @end deffn
4823
4824 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4825 @findex YYBACKUP
4826 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4827 a single value, and only when there is no look-ahead token.
4828 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4829 It installs a look-ahead token with token type @var{token} and
4830 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4831 going to be reduced by this rule.
4832
4833 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
4834 a look-ahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
4835 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
4836 recovery.
4837
4838 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
4839 @end deffn
4840
4841 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
4842 @vindex YYEMPTY
4843 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no look-ahead token.
4844 @end deffn
4845
4846 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
4847 @vindex YYEOF
4848 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the look-ahead is the end of the input
4849 stream.
4850 @end deffn
4851
4852 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
4853 @findex YYERROR
4854 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
4855 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
4856 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
4857 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
4858 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
4859 @end deffn
4860
4861 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
4862 This macro stands for an expression that has the value 1 when the parser
4863 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the rest of the time.
4864 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4865 @end deffn
4866
4867 @deffn {Variable} yychar
4868 Variable containing either the look-ahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
4869 look-ahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no look-ahead
4870 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
4871 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4872 Actions}).
4873 @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead Tokens}.
4874 @end deffn
4875
4876 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
4877 Discard the current look-ahead token. This is useful primarily in
4878 error rules.
4879 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
4880 Semantic Actions}).
4881 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4882 @end deffn
4883
4884 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
4885 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
4886 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
4887 @xref{Error Recovery}.
4888 @end deffn
4889
4890 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
4891 Variable containing the look-ahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
4892 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4893 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4894 Actions}).
4895 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
4896 @end deffn
4897
4898 @deffn {Variable} yylval
4899 Variable containing the look-ahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
4900 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
4901 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
4902 Actions}).
4903 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
4904 @end deffn
4905
4906 @deffn {Value} @@$
4907 @findex @@$
4908 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4909 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4910 Tracking Locations}.
4911
4912 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
4913
4914 @c @example
4915 @c struct @{
4916 @c int first_line, last_line;
4917 @c int first_column, last_column;
4918 @c @};
4919 @c @end example
4920
4921 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
4922 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
4923
4924 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
4925 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
4926 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
4927 @c those members.
4928
4929 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4930 @end deffn
4931
4932 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
4933 @findex @@@var{n}
4934 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
4935 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
4936 Tracking Locations}.
4937 @end deffn
4938
4939 @node Internationalization
4940 @section Parser Internationalization
4941 @cindex internationalization
4942 @cindex i18n
4943 @cindex NLS
4944 @cindex gettext
4945 @cindex bison-po
4946
4947 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
4948 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
4949 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
4950 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
4951 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
4952 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
4953 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
4954 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
4955 installation.
4956
4957 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
4958 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
4959 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
4960 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
4961
4962 @enumerate
4963 @item
4964 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
4965 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
4966 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
4967 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
4968 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
4969 For example:
4970
4971 @example
4972 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
4973 @end example
4974
4975 @item
4976 @findex BISON_I18N
4977 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
4978 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
4979 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
4980 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
4981 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
4982 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
4983 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
4984 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
4985 Bison-generated parser.
4986
4987 @item
4988 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
4989 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
4990 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
4991 For example:
4992
4993 @example
4994 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
4995 @end example
4996
4997 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
4998 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
4999 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5000 @file{Makefile}.
5001
5002 @item
5003 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5004 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5005 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5006
5007 @example
5008 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5009 @end example
5010
5011 or:
5012
5013 @example
5014 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5015 @end example
5016
5017 @item
5018 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5019 infrastructure.
5020 @end enumerate
5021
5022
5023 @node Algorithm
5024 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5025 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5026 @cindex algorithm of parser
5027 @cindex shifting
5028 @cindex reduction
5029 @cindex parser stack
5030 @cindex stack, parser
5031
5032 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5033 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5034 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5035
5036 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5037 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5038 that was shifted.
5039
5040 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5041 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5042 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5043 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5044 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5045 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5046 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5047
5048 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5049
5050 @example
5051 1 + 5 * 3
5052 @end example
5053
5054 @noindent
5055 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5056 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5057
5058 @example
5059 expr: expr '*' expr;
5060 @end example
5061
5062 @noindent
5063 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5064
5065 @example
5066 1 + 15
5067 @end example
5068
5069 @noindent
5070 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5071 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5072
5073 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5074 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5075 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5076
5077 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5078
5079 @menu
5080 * Look-Ahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5081 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5082 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5083 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5084 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5085 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5086 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5087 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5088 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5089 @end menu
5090
5091 @node Look-Ahead
5092 @section Look-Ahead Tokens
5093 @cindex look-ahead token
5094
5095 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5096 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5097 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5098 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5099 token in order to decide what to do.
5100
5101 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5102 @dfn{look-ahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5103 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5104 the look-ahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5105 should take place, the look-ahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5106 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5107 token type of the look-ahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5108 application.
5109
5110 Here is a simple case where look-ahead is needed. These three rules define
5111 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5112 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5113
5114 @example
5115 @group
5116 expr: term '+' expr
5117 | term
5118 ;
5119 @end group
5120
5121 @group
5122 term: '(' expr ')'
5123 | term '!'
5124 | NUMBER
5125 ;
5126 @end group
5127 @end example
5128
5129 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5130 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5131 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5132 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5133 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5134
5135 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5136 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5137 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5138 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5139 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5140 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5141
5142 @vindex yychar
5143 @vindex yylval
5144 @vindex yylloc
5145 The look-ahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5146 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5147 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5148 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5149
5150 @node Shift/Reduce
5151 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5152 @cindex conflicts
5153 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5154 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5155 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5156
5157 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5158 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5159
5160 @example
5161 @group
5162 if_stmt:
5163 IF expr THEN stmt
5164 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5165 ;
5166 @end group
5167 @end example
5168
5169 @noindent
5170 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5171 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5172
5173 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the look-ahead token, the
5174 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5175 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5176 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5177 rule.
5178
5179 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5180 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5181 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5182 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5183 contrast it with the other alternative.
5184
5185 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5186 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5187 equivalent:
5188
5189 @example
5190 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5191
5192 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5193 @end example
5194
5195 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5196 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5197 making these two inputs equivalent:
5198
5199 @example
5200 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5201
5202 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5203 @end example
5204
5205 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5206 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5207 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5208 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5209 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5210 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5211 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5212 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5213
5214 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5215 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5216 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5217 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5218
5219 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5220 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5221 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5222 conflict:
5223
5224 @example
5225 @group
5226 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5227 %%
5228 @end group
5229 @group
5230 stmt: expr
5231 | if_stmt
5232 ;
5233 @end group
5234
5235 @group
5236 if_stmt:
5237 IF expr THEN stmt
5238 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5239 ;
5240 @end group
5241
5242 expr: variable
5243 ;
5244 @end example
5245
5246 @node Precedence
5247 @section Operator Precedence
5248 @cindex operator precedence
5249 @cindex precedence of operators
5250
5251 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5252 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5253 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5254 shift and when to reduce.
5255
5256 @menu
5257 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5258 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5259 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5260 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5261 @end menu
5262
5263 @node Why Precedence
5264 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5265
5266 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5267 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5268
5269 @example
5270 @group
5271 expr: expr '-' expr
5272 | expr '*' expr
5273 | expr '<' expr
5274 | '(' expr ')'
5275 @dots{}
5276 ;
5277 @end group
5278 @end example
5279
5280 @noindent
5281 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5282 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5283 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5284 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5285 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5286 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5287 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5288 different results.
5289
5290 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5291 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5292 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5293 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5294 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5295 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5296 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5297 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5298 @samp{<}.
5299
5300 @cindex associativity
5301 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5302 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5303 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5304 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5305 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5306 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5307 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the look-ahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5308 makes right-associativity.
5309
5310 @node Using Precedence
5311 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5312 @findex %left
5313 @findex %right
5314 @findex %nonassoc
5315
5316 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5317 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5318 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5319 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5320 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5321 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5322 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5323 row''.
5324
5325 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5326 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5327 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5328 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5329 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5330
5331 @node Precedence Examples
5332 @subsection Precedence Examples
5333
5334 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5335
5336 @example
5337 %left '<'
5338 %left '-'
5339 %left '*'
5340 @end example
5341
5342 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5343 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5344 declared with @code{'-'}:
5345
5346 @example
5347 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5348 %left '+' '-'
5349 %left '*' '/'
5350 @end example
5351
5352 @noindent
5353 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5354 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5355 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5356
5357 @node How Precedence
5358 @subsection How Precedence Works
5359
5360 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5361 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5362 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5363 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5364 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5365 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5366
5367 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5368 of the rule being considered with that of the look-ahead token. If the
5369 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5370 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5371 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5372 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5373 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5374 resolved.
5375
5376 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5377 the look-ahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5378
5379 @node Contextual Precedence
5380 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5381 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5382 @cindex unary operator precedence
5383 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5384 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5385 @findex %prec
5386
5387 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5388 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5389 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5390 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5391
5392 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5393 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5394 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5395 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5396 modifier for rules.
5397
5398 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5399 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5400 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5401 modifier's syntax is:
5402
5403 @example
5404 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5405 @end example
5406
5407 @noindent
5408 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5409 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5410 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5411 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5412 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5413
5414 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5415 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5416 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5417 precedence:
5418
5419 @example
5420 @dots{}
5421 %left '+' '-'
5422 %left '*'
5423 %left UMINUS
5424 @end example
5425
5426 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5427
5428 @example
5429 @group
5430 exp: @dots{}
5431 | exp '-' exp
5432 @dots{}
5433 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5434 @end group
5435 @end example
5436
5437 @ifset defaultprec
5438 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5439 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5440 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5441 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5442
5443 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5444 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5445 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5446 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5447
5448 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5449 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5450 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5451 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5452 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5453 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5454
5455 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5456 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5457 @end ifset
5458
5459 @node Parser States
5460 @section Parser States
5461 @cindex finite-state machine
5462 @cindex parser state
5463 @cindex state (of parser)
5464
5465 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5466 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5467 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5468 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5469 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5470
5471 Each time a look-ahead token is read, the current parser state together
5472 with the type of look-ahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5473 entry can say, ``Shift the look-ahead token.'' In this case, it also
5474 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5475 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5476 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5477 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5478 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5479 pushed.
5480
5481 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the look-ahead token
5482 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5483 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5484
5485 @node Reduce/Reduce
5486 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5487 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5488 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5489
5490 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5491 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5492 in the grammar.
5493
5494 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5495 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5496
5497 @example
5498 sequence: /* empty */
5499 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5500 | maybeword
5501 | sequence word
5502 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5503 ;
5504
5505 maybeword: /* empty */
5506 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5507 | word
5508 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5509 ;
5510 @end example
5511
5512 @noindent
5513 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5514 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5515 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5516 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5517 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5518 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5519
5520 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5521 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5522 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5523
5524 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5525 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5526 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5527 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5528 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5529
5530 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5531 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5532 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5533 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5534
5535 @example
5536 sequence: /* empty */
5537 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5538 | sequence word
5539 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5540 ;
5541 @end example
5542
5543 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5544
5545 @example
5546 sequence: /* empty */
5547 | sequence words
5548 | sequence redirects
5549 ;
5550
5551 words: /* empty */
5552 | words word
5553 ;
5554
5555 redirects:/* empty */
5556 | redirects redirect
5557 ;
5558 @end example
5559
5560 @noindent
5561 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5562 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5563 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5564 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5565 in infinitely many ways!
5566
5567 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5568 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5569 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5570 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5571
5572 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5573 of sequence:
5574
5575 @example
5576 sequence: /* empty */
5577 | sequence word
5578 | sequence redirect
5579 ;
5580 @end example
5581
5582 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5583 from being empty:
5584
5585 @example
5586 sequence: /* empty */
5587 | sequence words
5588 | sequence redirects
5589 ;
5590
5591 words: word
5592 | words word
5593 ;
5594
5595 redirects:redirect
5596 | redirects redirect
5597 ;
5598 @end example
5599
5600 @node Mystery Conflicts
5601 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5602
5603 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5604 Here is an example:
5605
5606 @example
5607 @group
5608 %token ID
5609
5610 %%
5611 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5612 ;
5613 param_spec:
5614 type
5615 | name_list ':' type
5616 ;
5617 @end group
5618 @group
5619 return_spec:
5620 type
5621 | name ':' type
5622 ;
5623 @end group
5624 @group
5625 type: ID
5626 ;
5627 @end group
5628 @group
5629 name: ID
5630 ;
5631 name_list:
5632 name
5633 | name ',' name_list
5634 ;
5635 @end group
5636 @end example
5637
5638 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5639 of look-ahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5640 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5641 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5642
5643 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5644 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5645 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5646 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5647 an @code{ID}
5648 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5649 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5650 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5651 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5652 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5653 that the rules would require different look-ahead tokens in the two
5654 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5655 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5656 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5657
5658 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5659 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5660 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5661 and tend to
5662 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5663 as it is now.
5664
5665 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5666 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5667 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5668 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5669
5670 @example
5671 @group
5672 %token BOGUS
5673 @dots{}
5674 %%
5675 @dots{}
5676 return_spec:
5677 type
5678 | name ':' type
5679 /* This rule is never used. */
5680 | ID BOGUS
5681 ;
5682 @end group
5683 @end example
5684
5685 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5686 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5687 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5688 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5689 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5690 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5691
5692 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5693 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5694 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5695 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5696 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5697 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5698
5699 @example
5700 param_spec:
5701 type
5702 | name_list ':' type
5703 ;
5704 return_spec:
5705 type
5706 | ID ':' type
5707 ;
5708 @end example
5709
5710 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5711 generators, please see:
5712 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5713 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5714 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5715 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5716
5717 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5718 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5719 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5720 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5721 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5722 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5723
5724 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5725 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5726 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of look-ahead.
5727 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5728 context-free languages.
5729 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5730 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5731 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5732 look-ahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5733 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5734 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5735 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5736 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5737
5738 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5739 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5740 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5741 parser uses the same basic
5742 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5743 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5744 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5745 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5746 situation, it
5747 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5748 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5749 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5750 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5751 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5752
5753 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5754 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5755 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5756 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5757 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5758 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5759 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5760 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5761 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5762 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5763 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5764 stream.
5765
5766 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5767 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5768 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5769 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5770 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5771 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5772 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5773 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5774 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5775 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5776 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5777 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5778
5779 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5780 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5781 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5782 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5783 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5784 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5785 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5786 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5787 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5788 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5789 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5790 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5791 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5792 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5793 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5794 Bison parser.
5795
5796 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5797 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5798 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5799 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5800 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5801 (2000-12-24).
5802
5803 @node Memory Management
5804 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5805 @cindex memory exhaustion
5806 @cindex memory management
5807 @cindex stack overflow
5808 @cindex parser stack overflow
5809 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5810
5811 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5812 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5813 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5814
5815 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5816 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5817 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5818
5819 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5820 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5821 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5822 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5823 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5824
5825 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5826 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5827 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5828 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5829 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5830 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5831
5832 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
5833 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
5834 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
5835 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
5836
5837 @cindex default stack limit
5838 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
5839 10000.
5840
5841 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
5842 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
5843 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
5844 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
5845 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
5846 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
5847
5848 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
5849
5850 @c FIXME: C++ output.
5851 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
5852 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
5853 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
5854 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
5855 this deficiency in a future release.
5856
5857 @node Error Recovery
5858 @chapter Error Recovery
5859 @cindex error recovery
5860 @cindex recovery from errors
5861
5862 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
5863 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
5864 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
5865 another expression.
5866
5867 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
5868 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
5869 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
5870 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
5871 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
5872 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
5873 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
5874
5875 @findex error
5876 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
5877 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
5878 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
5879 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
5880 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
5881 in the current context, the parse can continue.
5882
5883 For example:
5884
5885 @example
5886 stmnts: /* empty string */
5887 | stmnts '\n'
5888 | stmnts exp '\n'
5889 | stmnts error '\n'
5890 @end example
5891
5892 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
5893 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
5894
5895 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
5896 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
5897 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
5898 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
5899 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
5900 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
5901 applicable in the ordinary way.
5902
5903 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
5904 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
5905 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
5906 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
5907 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
5908 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
5909 look-ahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
5910 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
5911 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
5912 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
5913 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
5914 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
5915
5916 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
5917 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
5918 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
5919
5920 @example
5921 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
5922 @end example
5923
5924 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
5925 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
5926 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
5927 spurious error message:
5928
5929 @example
5930 primary: '(' expr ')'
5931 | '(' error ')'
5932 @dots{}
5933 ;
5934 @end example
5935
5936 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
5937 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
5938 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
5939 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
5940 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
5941 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
5942 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
5943 @code{stmnt}.
5944
5945 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
5946 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
5947 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
5948 error messages resume.
5949
5950 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
5951 as any other rules can.
5952
5953 @findex yyerrok
5954 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
5955 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
5956 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
5957 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
5958
5959 @findex yyclearin
5960 The previous look-ahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
5961 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
5962 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
5963 action.
5964 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5965
5966 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
5967 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
5968 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
5969 probably correct. The previous look-ahead token ought to be discarded
5970 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
5971
5972 @vindex YYRECOVERING
5973 The macro @code{YYRECOVERING} stands for an expression that has the
5974 value 1 when the parser is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 the
5975 rest of the time. A value of 1 indicates that error messages are
5976 currently suppressed for new syntax errors.
5977
5978 @node Context Dependency
5979 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
5980
5981 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
5982 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
5983 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
5984 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
5985 languages.
5986
5987 @menu
5988 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
5989 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
5990 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
5991 error recovery rules must be written.
5992 @end menu
5993
5994 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
5995 neither clean nor robust.)
5996
5997 @node Semantic Tokens
5998 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
5999
6000 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6001 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6002
6003 @example
6004 foo (x);
6005 @end example
6006
6007 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6008 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6009 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6010
6011 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6012 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6013 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6014 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6015 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6016
6017 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6018 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6019 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6020 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6021 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6022 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6023 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6024
6025 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6026 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6027 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6028 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6029 earlier:
6030
6031 @example
6032 typedef int foo, bar;
6033 int baz (void)
6034 @{
6035 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6036 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6037 return foo (bar);
6038 @}
6039 @end example
6040
6041 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6042 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6043
6044 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6045 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6046 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6047 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6048 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6049
6050 @example
6051 initdcl:
6052 declarator maybeasm '='
6053 init
6054 | declarator maybeasm
6055 ;
6056
6057 notype_initdcl:
6058 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6059 init
6060 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6061 ;
6062 @end example
6063
6064 @noindent
6065 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6066 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6067 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6068
6069 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6070 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6071 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6072 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6073 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6074 the syntactic context.
6075
6076 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6077 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6078 @cindex lexical tie-in
6079
6080 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6081 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6082 parsed.
6083
6084 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6085 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6086 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6087 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6088 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6089
6090 @example
6091 @group
6092 %@{
6093 int hexflag;
6094 int yylex (void);
6095 void yyerror (char const *);
6096 %@}
6097 %%
6098 @dots{}
6099 @end group
6100 @group
6101 expr: IDENTIFIER
6102 | constant
6103 | HEX '('
6104 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6105 expr ')'
6106 @{ hexflag = 0;
6107 $$ = $4; @}
6108 | expr '+' expr
6109 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6110 @dots{}
6111 ;
6112 @end group
6113
6114 @group
6115 constant:
6116 INTEGER
6117 | STRING
6118 ;
6119 @end group
6120 @end example
6121
6122 @noindent
6123 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6124 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6125 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6126
6127 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6128 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6129 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6130
6131 @node Tie-in Recovery
6132 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6133
6134 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6135 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6136
6137 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6138 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6139 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6140 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6141
6142 @example
6143 stmt: expr ';'
6144 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6145 @dots{}
6146 error ';'
6147 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6148 ;
6149 @end example
6150
6151 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6152 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6153 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6154 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6155 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6156
6157 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6158
6159 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6160 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6161 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6162
6163 @example
6164 @group
6165 expr: @dots{}
6166 | '(' expr ')'
6167 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6168 | '(' error ')'
6169 @dots{}
6170 @end group
6171 @end example
6172
6173 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6174 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6175 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6176 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6177
6178 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6179 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6180 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6181 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6182 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6183 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6184 clear the flag.
6185
6186 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6187
6188 @node Debugging
6189 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6190
6191 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6192 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6193 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6194 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6195 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6196 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6197
6198 @menu
6199 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6200 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6201 @end menu
6202
6203 @node Understanding
6204 @section Understanding Your Parser
6205
6206 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6207 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6208 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6209 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6210 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6211 file).
6212
6213 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6214 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6215 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6216 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6217 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6218 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6219 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6220
6221 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6222
6223 @example
6224 %token NUM STR
6225 %left '+' '-'
6226 %left '*'
6227 %%
6228 exp: exp '+' exp
6229 | exp '-' exp
6230 | exp '*' exp
6231 | exp '/' exp
6232 | NUM
6233 ;
6234 useless: STR;
6235 %%
6236 @end example
6237
6238 @command{bison} reports:
6239
6240 @example
6241 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6242 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6243 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6244 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6245 @end example
6246
6247 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6248 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6249 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6250 interpretation is the same.
6251
6252 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6253 to precedence and/or associativity:
6254
6255 @example
6256 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6257 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6258 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6259 @exdent @dots{}
6260 @end example
6261
6262 @noindent
6263 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6264
6265 @example
6266 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6267 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6268 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6269 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6270 @end example
6271
6272 @noindent
6273 @cindex token, useless
6274 @cindex useless token
6275 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6276 @cindex useless nonterminal
6277 @cindex rule, useless
6278 @cindex useless rule
6279 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6280 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6281 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6282 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6283 below):
6284
6285 @example
6286 Useless nonterminals:
6287 useless
6288
6289 Terminals which are not used:
6290 STR
6291
6292 Useless rules:
6293 #6 useless: STR;
6294 @end example
6295
6296 @noindent
6297 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6298
6299 @example
6300 Grammar
6301
6302 Number, Line, Rule
6303 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6304 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6305 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6306 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6307 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6308 5 9 exp -> NUM
6309 @end example
6310
6311 @noindent
6312 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6313
6314 @example
6315 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6316
6317 $end (0) 0
6318 '*' (42) 3
6319 '+' (43) 1
6320 '-' (45) 2
6321 '/' (47) 4
6322 error (256)
6323 NUM (258) 5
6324
6325 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6326
6327 $accept (8)
6328 on left: 0
6329 exp (9)
6330 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6331 @end example
6332
6333 @noindent
6334 @cindex item
6335 @cindex pointed rule
6336 @cindex rule, pointed
6337 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6338 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6339 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6340 that the input cursor.
6341
6342 @example
6343 state 0
6344
6345 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6346
6347 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6348
6349 exp go to state 2
6350 @end example
6351
6352 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6353 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6354 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6355 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6356 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6357 symbol, and the look-ahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6358 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6359 look-ahead triggers a syntax error.''
6360
6361 @cindex core, item set
6362 @cindex item set core
6363 @cindex kernel, item set
6364 @cindex item set core
6365 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6366 report lists @code{NUM} as a look-ahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6367 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6368 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6369 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6370 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6371 be derived:
6372
6373 @example
6374 state 0
6375
6376 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6377 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6378 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6379 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6380 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6381 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6382
6383 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6384
6385 exp go to state 2
6386 @end example
6387
6388 @noindent
6389 In the state 1...
6390
6391 @example
6392 state 1
6393
6394 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6395
6396 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6397 @end example
6398
6399 @noindent
6400 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the look-ahead token
6401 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6402 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6403 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6404
6405 @example
6406 state 2
6407
6408 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6409 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6410 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6411 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6412 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6413
6414 $ shift, and go to state 3
6415 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6416 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6417 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6418 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6419 @end example
6420
6421 @noindent
6422 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6423 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the look-ahead if
6424 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6425 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6426 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6427 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6428
6429 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6430 state}:
6431
6432 @example
6433 state 3
6434
6435 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6436
6437 $default accept
6438 @end example
6439
6440 @noindent
6441 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6442 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6443
6444 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6445 the reader.
6446
6447 @example
6448 state 4
6449
6450 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6451
6452 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6453
6454 exp go to state 8
6455
6456 state 5
6457
6458 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6459
6460 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6461
6462 exp go to state 9
6463
6464 state 6
6465
6466 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6467
6468 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6469
6470 exp go to state 10
6471
6472 state 7
6473
6474 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6475
6476 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6477
6478 exp go to state 11
6479 @end example
6480
6481 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6482 1 shift/reduce}:
6483
6484 @example
6485 state 8
6486
6487 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6488 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6489 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6490 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6491 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6492
6493 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6494 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6495
6496 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6497 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6498 @end example
6499
6500 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the look-ahead @samp{/}:
6501 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6502 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6503 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6504 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6505 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6506 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6507 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6508
6509 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6510 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6511 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6512 square brackets.
6513
6514 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6515 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6516 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6517 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6518 possible, the look-ahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6519 one such state: if the look-ahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6520 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6521 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6522 look-ahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6523 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6524 with some set of possible look-ahead tokens. When run with
6525 @option{--report=look-ahead}, Bison specifies these look-ahead tokens:
6526
6527 @example
6528 state 8
6529
6530 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6531 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6532 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6533 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6534 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6535
6536 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6537 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6538
6539 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6540 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6541 @end example
6542
6543 The remaining states are similar:
6544
6545 @example
6546 state 9
6547
6548 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6549 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6550 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6551 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6552 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6553
6554 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6555 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6556
6557 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6558 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6559
6560 state 10
6561
6562 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6563 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6564 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6565 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6566 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6567
6568 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6569
6570 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6571 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6572
6573 state 11
6574
6575 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6576 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6577 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6578 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6579 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6580
6581 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6582 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6583 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6584 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6585
6586 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6587 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6588 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6589 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6590 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6591 @end example
6592
6593 @noindent
6594 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6595 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6596 @samp{*}, but also because the
6597 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6598
6599
6600 @node Tracing
6601 @section Tracing Your Parser
6602 @findex yydebug
6603 @cindex debugging
6604 @cindex tracing the parser
6605
6606 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6607 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6608
6609 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6610
6611 @table @asis
6612 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6613 @findex YYDEBUG
6614 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6615 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6616 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6617 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6618 Prologue}).
6619
6620 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6621 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6622 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6623
6624 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6625 @findex %debug
6626 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6627 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6628 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6629 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6630 you, this is
6631 the preferred solution.
6632 @end table
6633
6634 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6635 always possible.
6636
6637 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6638 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6639 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6640 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6641 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6642 and @code{YYPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6643
6644 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6645 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6646 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6647 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6648
6649 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6650 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6651 messages tell you these things:
6652
6653 @itemize @bullet
6654 @item
6655 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6656
6657 @item
6658 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6659 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6660
6661 @item
6662 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6663 of the state stack afterward.
6664 @end itemize
6665
6666 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6667 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6668 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6669 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6670 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6671 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6672 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6673 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6674 grammar are to blame.
6675
6676 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6677 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6678 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6679 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6680 the grammar it is working.
6681
6682 @findex YYPRINT
6683 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6684 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6685 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6686 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6687 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6688 value (from @code{yylval}).
6689
6690 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6691 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6692
6693 @smallexample
6694 %@{
6695 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6696 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6697 %@}
6698
6699 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6700
6701 static void
6702 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6703 @{
6704 if (type == VAR)
6705 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6706 else if (type == NUM)
6707 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6708 @}
6709 @end smallexample
6710
6711 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6712
6713 @node Invocation
6714 @chapter Invoking Bison
6715 @cindex invoking Bison
6716 @cindex Bison invocation
6717 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6718
6719 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6720
6721 @example
6722 bison @var{infile}
6723 @end example
6724
6725 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6726 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6727 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6728 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6729 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6730 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6731 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6732 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6733 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6734 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6735 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6736 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6737
6738 For example :
6739
6740 @example
6741 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6742 @end example
6743 @noindent
6744 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6745
6746 @example
6747 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6748 @end example
6749 @noindent
6750 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6751
6752 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6753 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6754 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6755
6756 @menu
6757 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6758 in alphabetical order by short options.
6759 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6760 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6761 @end menu
6762
6763 @node Bison Options
6764 @section Bison Options
6765
6766 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6767 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6768 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6769 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6770 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6771 @samp{=}.
6772
6773 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6774 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6775 option.
6776
6777 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6778 @noindent
6779 Operations modes:
6780 @table @option
6781 @item -h
6782 @itemx --help
6783 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6784
6785 @item -V
6786 @itemx --version
6787 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6788
6789 @item --print-localedir
6790 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6791
6792 @item -y
6793 @itemx --yacc
6794 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6795 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6796 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6797 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6798 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6799 @file{y.tab.h}. Thus, the following shell script can substitute
6800 for Yacc, and the Bison distribution contains such a script for
6801 compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6802
6803 @example
6804 #! /bin/sh
6805 bison -y "$@@"
6806 @end example
6807
6808 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6809 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6810 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6811 this option is specified.
6812
6813 @end table
6814
6815 @noindent
6816 Tuning the parser:
6817
6818 @table @option
6819 @item -S @var{file}
6820 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6821 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6822 you are developing Bison.
6823
6824 @item -t
6825 @itemx --debug
6826 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6827 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6828 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6829
6830 @item --locations
6831 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6832
6833 @item -p @var{prefix}
6834 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
6835 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
6836 @xref{Decl Summary}.
6837
6838 @item -l
6839 @itemx --no-lines
6840 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
6841 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
6842 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
6843 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
6844 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
6845
6846 @item -n
6847 @itemx --no-parser
6848 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6849
6850 @item -k
6851 @itemx --token-table
6852 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6853 @end table
6854
6855 @noindent
6856 Adjust the output:
6857
6858 @table @option
6859 @item -d
6860 @itemx --defines
6861 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
6862 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
6863 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6864
6865 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
6866 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
6867
6868 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
6869 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
6870 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, specify prefix to use
6871 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6872
6873 @item -r @var{things}
6874 @itemx --report=@var{things}
6875 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
6876 separated list of @var{things} among:
6877
6878 @table @code
6879 @item state
6880 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
6881 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
6882
6883 @item look-ahead
6884 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6885 each rule's look-ahead set.
6886
6887 @item itemset
6888 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
6889 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
6890 @end table
6891
6892 @item -v
6893 @itemx --verbose
6894 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e, write an extra output
6895 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
6896 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
6897
6898 @item -o @var{file}
6899 @itemx --output=@var{file}
6900 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
6901
6902 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
6903 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
6904
6905 @item -g
6906 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
6907 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
6908 @acronym{VCG} output file will
6909 be @file{foo.vcg}.
6910
6911 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
6912 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
6913 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
6914 the output graph file.
6915 @end table
6916
6917 @node Option Cross Key
6918 @section Option Cross Key
6919
6920 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
6921 the corresponding short option.
6922
6923 @tex
6924 \def\leaderfill{\leaders\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}\hfill}
6925
6926 {\tt
6927 \line{ --debug \leaderfill -t}
6928 \line{ --defines \leaderfill -d}
6929 \line{ --file-prefix \leaderfill -b}
6930 \line{ --graph \leaderfill -g}
6931 \line{ --help \leaderfill -h}
6932 \line{ --name-prefix \leaderfill -p}
6933 \line{ --no-lines \leaderfill -l}
6934 \line{ --no-parser \leaderfill -n}
6935 \line{ --output \leaderfill -o}
6936 \line{ --print-localedir}
6937 \line{ --token-table \leaderfill -k}
6938 \line{ --verbose \leaderfill -v}
6939 \line{ --version \leaderfill -V}
6940 \line{ --yacc \leaderfill -y}
6941 }
6942 @end tex
6943
6944 @ifinfo
6945 @example
6946 --debug -t
6947 --defines=@var{defines-file} -d
6948 --file-prefix=@var{prefix} -b @var{file-prefix}
6949 --graph=@var{graph-file} -d
6950 --help -h
6951 --name-prefix=@var{prefix} -p @var{name-prefix}
6952 --no-lines -l
6953 --no-parser -n
6954 --output=@var{outfile} -o @var{outfile}
6955 --print-localedir
6956 --token-table -k
6957 --verbose -v
6958 --version -V
6959 --yacc -y
6960 @end example
6961 @end ifinfo
6962
6963 @node Yacc Library
6964 @section Yacc Library
6965
6966 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
6967 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
6968 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
6969 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
6970 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
6971 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
6972 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
6973
6974 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
6975 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
6976
6977 @example
6978 int yyerror (char const *);
6979 @end example
6980
6981 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
6982 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
6983 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
6984
6985 @example
6986 int yyparse (void);
6987 @end example
6988
6989 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
6990
6991 @node C++ Language Interface
6992 @chapter C++ Language Interface
6993
6994 @menu
6995 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
6996 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
6997 @end menu
6998
6999 @node C++ Parsers
7000 @section C++ Parsers
7001
7002 @menu
7003 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7004 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7005 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7006 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7007 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7008 @end menu
7009
7010 @node C++ Bison Interface
7011 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7012 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7013 @c - Always pure
7014 @c - initial action
7015
7016 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To select
7017 it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc} to
7018 Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7019 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7020 files:
7021 @table @file
7022 @item position.hh
7023 @itemx location.hh
7024 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7025 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7026
7027 @item stack.hh
7028 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7029
7030 @item @var{file}.hh
7031 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7032 The declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class.
7033 @var{file} is the name of the output file. It follows the same
7034 rules as with regular C parsers.
7035
7036 Note that @file{@var{file}.hh} is @emph{mandatory}, the C++ cannot
7037 work without the parser class declaration. Therefore, you must either
7038 pass @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7039 @samp{%defines} directive.
7040 @end table
7041
7042 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7043 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7044
7045 @node C++ Semantic Values
7046 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7047 @c - No objects in unions
7048 @c - YSTYPE
7049 @c - Printer and destructor
7050
7051 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7052 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7053 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7054 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7055 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7056 @itemize @minus
7057 @item
7058 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7059 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7060 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7061 @item
7062 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7063 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7064 to such objects are allowed.
7065 @end itemize
7066
7067 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7068 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7069 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7070 Symbols}.
7071
7072
7073 @node C++ Location Values
7074 @subsection C++ Location Values
7075 @c - %locations
7076 @c - class Position
7077 @c - class Location
7078 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7079
7080 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7081 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7082 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7083 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7084 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7085
7086 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7087 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7088 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7089 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7090 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7091 @end deftypemethod
7092
7093 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7094 The line, starting at 1.
7095 @end deftypemethod
7096
7097 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7098 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7099 @end deftypemethod
7100
7101 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7102 The column, starting at 0.
7103 @end deftypemethod
7104
7105 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7106 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7107 @end deftypemethod
7108
7109 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7110 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7111 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7112 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7113 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7114 @end deftypemethod
7115
7116 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7117 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7118 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7119 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7120 @end deftypemethod
7121
7122 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7123 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7124 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7125 @end deftypemethod
7126
7127 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7128 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7129 Advance the @code{end} position.
7130 @end deftypemethod
7131
7132 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7133 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7134 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7135 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7136 @end deftypemethod
7137
7138 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7139 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7140 @end deftypemethod
7141
7142
7143 @node C++ Parser Interface
7144 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7145 @c - define parser_class_name
7146 @c - Ctor
7147 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7148 @c debug_stream.
7149 @c - Reporting errors
7150
7151 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7152 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7153 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7154 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7155 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7156 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7157 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7158 additional argument for its constructor.
7159
7160 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7161 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7162 The types for semantics value and locations.
7163 @end defcv
7164
7165 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7166 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7167 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7168 @end deftypemethod
7169
7170 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7171 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7172 @end deftypemethod
7173
7174 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7175 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7176 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7177 @code{std::cerr}.
7178 @end deftypemethod
7179
7180 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7181 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7182 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7183 or nonzero, full tracing.
7184 @end deftypemethod
7185
7186 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7187 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7188 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7189 described by @var{m}.
7190 @end deftypemethod
7191
7192
7193 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7194 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7195 @c - prefix for yylex.
7196 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7197 @c - %lex-param
7198
7199 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7200 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7201 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7202
7203 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7204 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7205 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7206 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7207 @end deftypemethod
7208
7209
7210 @node A Complete C++ Example
7211 @section A Complete C++ Example
7212
7213 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7214 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7215 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7216 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7217 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7218 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7219 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7220 actually easier to interface with.
7221
7222 @menu
7223 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7224 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7225 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7226 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7227 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7228 @end menu
7229
7230 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7231 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7232
7233 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7234 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7235 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7236 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7237 of valid input follows.
7238
7239 @example
7240 three := 3
7241 seven := one + two * three
7242 seven * seven
7243 @end example
7244
7245 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7246 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7247 @c - An env
7248 @c - A place to store error messages
7249 @c - A place for the result
7250
7251 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7252 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7253 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7254 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7255 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7256 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7257 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7258
7259 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7260 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7261 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7262 class.
7263
7264 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7265 @example
7266 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7267 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7268 # include <string>
7269 # include <map>
7270 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7271 @end example
7272
7273
7274 @noindent
7275 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7276 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7277 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7278 factor both as follows.
7279
7280 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7281 @example
7282 // Announce to Flex the prototype we want for lexing function, ...
7283 # define YY_DECL \
7284 int yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7285 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7286 calcxx_driver& driver)
7287 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7288 YY_DECL;
7289 @end example
7290
7291 @noindent
7292 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7293 members.
7294
7295 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7296 @example
7297 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7298 class calcxx_driver
7299 @{
7300 public:
7301 calcxx_driver ();
7302 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7303
7304 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7305
7306 int result;
7307 @end example
7308
7309 @noindent
7310 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7311 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7312 members.
7313
7314 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7315 @example
7316 // Handling the scanner.
7317 void scan_begin ();
7318 void scan_end ();
7319 bool trace_scanning;
7320 @end example
7321
7322 @noindent
7323 Similarly for the parser itself.
7324
7325 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7326 @example
7327 // Handling the parser.
7328 void parse (const std::string& f);
7329 std::string file;
7330 bool trace_parsing;
7331 @end example
7332
7333 @noindent
7334 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7335 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7336 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7337 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7338
7339 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7340 @example
7341 // Error handling.
7342 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7343 void error (const std::string& m);
7344 @};
7345 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7346 @end example
7347
7348 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7349 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7350 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7351 messages and set error state.
7352
7353 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7354 @example
7355 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7356 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7357
7358 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7359 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7360 @{
7361 variables["one"] = 1;
7362 variables["two"] = 2;
7363 @}
7364
7365 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7366 @{
7367 @}
7368
7369 void
7370 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7371 @{
7372 file = f;
7373 scan_begin ();
7374 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7375 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7376 parser.parse ();
7377 scan_end ();
7378 @}
7379
7380 void
7381 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7382 @{
7383 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7384 @}
7385
7386 void
7387 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7388 @{
7389 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7390 @}
7391 @end example
7392
7393 @node Calc++ Parser
7394 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7395
7396 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7397 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7398 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7399 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7400 the grammar for.
7401
7402 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7403 @example
7404 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7405 %require "2.1a"
7406 %defines
7407 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7408 @end example
7409
7410 @noindent
7411 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7412 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7413 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7414 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7415 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7416 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7417
7418 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7419 @example
7420 %@{
7421 # include <string>
7422 class calcxx_driver;
7423 %@}
7424 @end example
7425
7426 @noindent
7427 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7428 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7429 global variables.
7430
7431 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7432 @example
7433 // The parsing context.
7434 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7435 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7436 @end example
7437
7438 @noindent
7439 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7440 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7441 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7442 automatically propagated.
7443
7444 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7445 @example
7446 %locations
7447 %initial-action
7448 @{
7449 // Initialize the initial location.
7450 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7451 @};
7452 @end example
7453
7454 @noindent
7455 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7456 error messages.
7457
7458 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7459 @example
7460 %debug
7461 %error-verbose
7462 @end example
7463
7464 @noindent
7465 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7466 them.
7467
7468 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7469 @example
7470 // Symbols.
7471 %union
7472 @{
7473 int ival;
7474 std::string *sval;
7475 @};
7476 @end example
7477
7478 @noindent
7479 The code between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} after the introduction of the
7480 @samp{%union} is output in the @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed
7481 knowledge about the driver.
7482
7483 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7484 @example
7485 %@{
7486 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7487 %@}
7488 @end example
7489
7490
7491 @noindent
7492 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7493 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7494 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7495 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7496 avoid name clashes.
7497
7498 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7499 @example
7500 %token END 0 "end of file"
7501 %token ASSIGN ":="
7502 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7503 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7504 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7505 @end example
7506
7507 @noindent
7508 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7509 @code{%destructor}.
7510
7511 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7512 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7513 @example
7514 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7515 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7516
7517 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7518 @end example
7519
7520 @noindent
7521 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7522
7523 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7524 @example
7525 %%
7526 %start unit;
7527 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7528
7529 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7530 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7531
7532 assignment: "identifier" ":=" exp @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; @};
7533
7534 %left '+' '-';
7535 %left '*' '/';
7536 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7537 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7538 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7539 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7540 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; @}
7541 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7542 %%
7543 @end example
7544
7545 @noindent
7546 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7547 driver.
7548
7549 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7550 @example
7551 void
7552 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7553 const std::string& m)
7554 @{
7555 driver.error (l, m);
7556 @}
7557 @end example
7558
7559 @node Calc++ Scanner
7560 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7561
7562 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7563 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7564
7565 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7566 @example
7567 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7568 # include <cstdlib>
7569 # include <errno.h>
7570 # include <limits.h>
7571 # include <string>
7572 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7573 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7574 /* Work around a bug in flex 2.5.31. See Debian bug 333231
7575 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7576 # undef yywrap
7577 # define yywrap() 1
7578 %@}
7579 @end example
7580
7581 @noindent
7582 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7583 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7584 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7585 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7586
7587 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7588 @example
7589 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7590 @end example
7591
7592 @noindent
7593 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7594
7595 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7596 @example
7597 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7598 int [0-9]+
7599 blank [ \t]
7600 @end example
7601
7602 @noindent
7603 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7604 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7605 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7606 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7607 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7608 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7609 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7610
7611 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7612 @example
7613 %@{
7614 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7615 %@}
7616 %%
7617 %@{
7618 yylloc->step ();
7619 %@}
7620 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7621 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7622 @end example
7623
7624 @noindent
7625 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7626 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7627 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7628 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7629
7630 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7631 @example
7632 %@{
7633 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7634 %@}
7635
7636 [-+*/] return yytext[0];
7637 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7638 @{int@} @{
7639 errno = 0;
7640 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7641 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7642 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7643 yylval->ival = n;
7644 return token::NUMBER;
7645 @}
7646 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7647 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7648 %%
7649 @end example
7650
7651 @noindent
7652 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7653 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7654
7655 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7656 @example
7657 void
7658 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7659 @{
7660 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7661 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7662 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7663 @}
7664
7665 void
7666 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7667 @{
7668 fclose (yyin);
7669 @}
7670 @end example
7671
7672 @node Calc++ Top Level
7673 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7674
7675 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7676
7677 @comment file: calc++.cc
7678 @example
7679 #include <iostream>
7680 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7681
7682 int
7683 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7684 @{
7685 calcxx_driver driver;
7686 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7687 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7688 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7689 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7690 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7691 else
7692 @{
7693 driver.parse (*argv);
7694 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7695 @}
7696 @}
7697 @end example
7698
7699 @c ================================================= FAQ
7700
7701 @node FAQ
7702 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7703 @cindex frequently asked questions
7704 @cindex questions
7705
7706 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7707 are addressed.
7708
7709 @menu
7710 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7711 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7712 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7713 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7714 @end menu
7715
7716 @node Memory Exhausted
7717 @section Memory Exhausted
7718
7719 @display
7720 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7721 message. What can I do?
7722 @end display
7723
7724 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7725 ,Recursive Rules}.
7726
7727 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7728 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7729
7730 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7731 following typical questions:
7732
7733 @display
7734 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7735 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7736 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7737 @end display
7738
7739 @noindent
7740 or
7741
7742 @display
7743 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7744 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7745 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7746 @end display
7747
7748 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7749 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7750 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7751 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7752 @file{first-line.l}:
7753
7754 @verbatim
7755 %{
7756 #include <stdio.h>
7757 #include <stdlib.h>
7758 %}
7759 %%
7760 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7761 %%
7762 int
7763 yyparse (char const *file)
7764 {
7765 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7766 if (!yyin)
7767 exit (2);
7768 /* One token only. */
7769 yylex ();
7770 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7771 exit (3);
7772 return 0;
7773 }
7774
7775 int
7776 main (void)
7777 {
7778 yyparse ("input");
7779 yyparse ("input");
7780 return 0;
7781 }
7782 @end verbatim
7783
7784 @noindent
7785 If the file @file{input} contains
7786
7787 @verbatim
7788 input:1: Hello,
7789 input:2: World!
7790 @end verbatim
7791
7792 @noindent
7793 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7794
7795 @example
7796 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7797 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7798 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7799 input:1: Hello,
7800 input:2: World!
7801 @end example
7802
7803 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7804 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7805 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7806 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7807 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7808 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7809 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7810 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7811 input buffers.
7812
7813 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7814 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7815 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7816 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7817
7818 @node Strings are Destroyed
7819 @section Strings are Destroyed
7820
7821 @display
7822 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7823 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7824 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7825 @end display
7826
7827 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
7828 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
7829 of scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
7830
7831 @verbatim
7832 %{
7833 #include <stdio.h>
7834 char *yylval = NULL;
7835 %}
7836 %%
7837 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
7838 \n /* IGNORE */
7839 %%
7840 int
7841 main ()
7842 {
7843 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
7844 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
7845 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
7846 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
7847 return 0;
7848 }
7849 @end verbatim
7850
7851 If you compile and run this code, you get:
7852
7853 @example
7854 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7855 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7856 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7857 "one
7858 two", "two"
7859 @end example
7860
7861 @noindent
7862 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
7863 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
7864 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
7865 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
7866 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
7867 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
7868
7869 @example
7870 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
7871 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
7872 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
7873 "two", "two"
7874 @end example
7875
7876
7877 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
7878 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
7879
7880 @display
7881 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
7882 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
7883 @end display
7884
7885 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
7886 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
7887 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
7888 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
7889 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
7890 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
7891 execute simple instructions one after the others.
7892
7893 @cindex abstract syntax tree
7894 @cindex @acronym{AST}
7895 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
7896 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
7897 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
7898 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
7899 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
7900 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
7901 compiler.
7902
7903 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
7904 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
7905
7906
7907
7908 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
7909
7910 @node Table of Symbols
7911 @appendix Bison Symbols
7912 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
7913 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
7914
7915 @deffn {Variable} @@$
7916 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
7917 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7918 @end deffn
7919
7920 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
7921 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
7922 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
7923 @end deffn
7924
7925 @deffn {Variable} $$
7926 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
7927 @xref{Actions}.
7928 @end deffn
7929
7930 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
7931 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
7932 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
7933 @end deffn
7934
7935 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
7936 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
7937 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
7938 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
7939 @end deffn
7940
7941 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
7942 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
7943 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
7944 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
7945 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
7946 Grammar}.
7947 @end deffn
7948
7949 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
7950 Comment delimiters, as in C.
7951 @end deffn
7952
7953 @deffn {Delimiter} :
7954 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
7955 Grammar Rules}.
7956 @end deffn
7957
7958 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
7959 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7960 @end deffn
7961
7962 @deffn {Delimiter} |
7963 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
7964 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
7965 @end deffn
7966
7967 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
7968 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
7969 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
7970 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
7971 @end deffn
7972
7973 @deffn {Directive} %debug
7974 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7975 @end deffn
7976
7977 @ifset defaultprec
7978 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
7979 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
7980 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
7981 Precedence}.
7982 @end deffn
7983 @end ifset
7984
7985 @deffn {Directive} %defines
7986 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
7987 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7988 @end deffn
7989
7990 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
7991 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
7992 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
7993 @end deffn
7994
7995 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
7996 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
7997 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
7998 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
7999 @end deffn
8000
8001 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8002 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8003 used in the grammar.
8004 @end deffn
8005
8006 @deffn {Symbol} error
8007 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8008 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8009 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8010 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8011 token @code{error} becomes the current look-ahead token. Actions
8012 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the look-ahead
8013 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8014 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8015 @end deffn
8016
8017 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8018 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8019 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8020 @end deffn
8021
8022 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8023 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8024 Summary}.
8025 @end deffn
8026
8027 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8028 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8029 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8030 @end deffn
8031
8032 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8033 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8034 @end deffn
8035
8036 @deffn {Directive} %left
8037 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8038 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8039 @end deffn
8040
8041 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8042 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8043 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8044 for Pure Parsers}.
8045 @end deffn
8046
8047 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8048 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8049 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8050 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8051 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8052 @end deffn
8053
8054 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8055 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8056 @end deffn
8057
8058 @ifset defaultprec
8059 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8060 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8061 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8062 Precedence}.
8063 @end deffn
8064 @end ifset
8065
8066 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8067 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8068 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8069 @end deffn
8070
8071 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8072 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8073 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8074 @end deffn
8075
8076 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8077 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8078 Summary}.
8079 @end deffn
8080
8081 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8082 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8083 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8084 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8085 @end deffn
8086
8087 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8088 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8089 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8090 @end deffn
8091
8092 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8093 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8094 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8095 @end deffn
8096
8097 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8098 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8099 Require a Version of Bison}.
8100 @end deffn
8101
8102 @deffn {Directive} %right
8103 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8104 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8105 @end deffn
8106
8107 @deffn {Directive} %start
8108 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8109 Start-Symbol}.
8110 @end deffn
8111
8112 @deffn {Directive} %token
8113 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8114 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8115 @end deffn
8116
8117 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8118 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8119 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8120 @end deffn
8121
8122 @deffn {Directive} %type
8123 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8124 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8125 @end deffn
8126
8127 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8128 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8129 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8130 @code{error}.
8131 @end deffn
8132
8133 @deffn {Directive} %union
8134 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8135 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8136 @end deffn
8137
8138 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8139 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8140 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8141 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8142 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8143 @end deffn
8144
8145 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8146 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8147 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8148 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8149 @end deffn
8150
8151 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8152 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a look-ahead
8153 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8154 @end deffn
8155
8156 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8157 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8158 look-ahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8159 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8160 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8161 @end deffn
8162
8163 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8164 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8165 look-ahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8166 @end deffn
8167
8168 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8169 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8170 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8171 @end deffn
8172
8173 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8174 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8175 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8176 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8177 @end deffn
8178
8179 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8180 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8181 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8182 @end deffn
8183
8184 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8185 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8186 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8187 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8188 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8189 @end deffn
8190
8191 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8192 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8193 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8194 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8195 @end deffn
8196
8197 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8198 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8199 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8200 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8201 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8202 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8203 @end deffn
8204
8205 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8206 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8207 @xref{Memory Management}.
8208 @end deffn
8209
8210 @deffn {Function} yylex
8211 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8212 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8213 @code{yylex}}.
8214 @end deffn
8215
8216 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8217 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8218 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8219 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8220 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8221 @end deffn
8222
8223 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8224 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8225 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8226 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8227 @code{yylex}.)
8228 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8229 grammar actions.
8230 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8231 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the look-ahead token.
8232 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8233 @end deffn
8234
8235 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8236 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8237 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8238 @end deffn
8239
8240 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8241 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8242 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8243 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8244 @code{yylex}.)
8245 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8246 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the look-ahead token.
8247 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8248 @end deffn
8249
8250 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8251 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8252 Management}.
8253 @end deffn
8254
8255 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8256 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8257 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8258 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8259 @end deffn
8260
8261 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8262 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8263 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8264 @end deffn
8265
8266 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8267 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8268 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8269 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8270 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8271 @end deffn
8272
8273 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8274 Macro whose value indicates whether the parser is recovering from a
8275 syntax error. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8276 @end deffn
8277
8278 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8279 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8280 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8281 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8282 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8283 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8284 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8285
8286 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8287 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8288 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8289 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8290 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8291 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8292 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8293 @end deffn
8294
8295 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8296 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8297 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8298 @end deffn
8299
8300 @node Glossary
8301 @appendix Glossary
8302 @cindex glossary
8303
8304 @table @asis
8305 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8306 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8307 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8308 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8309 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8310
8311 @item Context-free grammars
8312 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8313 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8314 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8315 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8316 Grammars}.
8317
8318 @item Dynamic allocation
8319 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8320 compile time or on entry to a function.
8321
8322 @item Empty string
8323 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8324 character string of length zero.
8325
8326 @item Finite-state stack machine
8327 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8328 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8329 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8330 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8331 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8332 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8333
8334 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8335 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8336 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8337 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8338 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8339 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8340 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8341 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8342
8343 @item Grouping
8344 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8345 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8346 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8347
8348 @item Infix operator
8349 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8350 performs some operation.
8351
8352 @item Input stream
8353 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8354
8355 @item Language construct
8356 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8357 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8358 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8359
8360 @item Left associativity
8361 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8362 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8363 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8364
8365 @item Left recursion
8366 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8367 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8368 Rules}.
8369
8370 @item Left-to-right parsing
8371 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8372 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8373
8374 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8375 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8376 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8377
8378 @item Lexical tie-in
8379 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8380 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8381
8382 @item Literal string token
8383 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8384
8385 @item Look-ahead token
8386 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Look-Ahead, ,Look-Ahead
8387 Tokens}.
8388
8389 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8390 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8391 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8392 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8393
8394 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8395 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8396 look-ahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8397
8398 @item Nonterminal symbol
8399 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8400 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8401 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8402
8403 @item Parser
8404 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8405 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8406 analyzer.
8407
8408 @item Postfix operator
8409 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8410 performs some operation.
8411
8412 @item Reduction
8413 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8414 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8415 Parser Algorithm}.
8416
8417 @item Reentrant
8418 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8419 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8420 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8421
8422 @item Reverse polish notation
8423 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8424
8425 @item Right recursion
8426 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8427 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8428 Rules}.
8429
8430 @item Semantics
8431 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8432 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8433 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8434
8435 @item Shift
8436 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8437 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8438 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8439
8440 @item Single-character literal
8441 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8442 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8443
8444 @item Start symbol
8445 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8446 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8447 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8448 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8449
8450 @item Symbol table
8451 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8452 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8453 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8454
8455 @item Syntax error
8456 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8457 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8458
8459 @item Token
8460 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8461 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8462 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8463 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8464
8465 @item Terminal symbol
8466 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8467 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8468 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8469 @end table
8470
8471 @node Copying This Manual
8472 @appendix Copying This Manual
8473
8474 @menu
8475 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8476 @end menu
8477
8478 @include fdl.texi
8479
8480 @node Index
8481 @unnumbered Index
8482
8483 @printindex cp
8484
8485 @bye
8486
8487 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8488 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8489 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8490 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8491 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8492 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8493 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8494 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8495 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8496 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8497 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8498 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8499 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8500 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8501 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8502 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8503 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8504 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8505 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8506 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8507 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8508 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8509 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8510 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8511 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8512 @c LocalWords: YYPRINTF infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8513 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8514 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8515 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex